Fdocuments - in Anekal Lpa Provisional ZR 2031

Master Plan
for
Anekal Local Planning Area
2031
Provisional Approval
Bangalore Metropolitan Region Development Authority
No 1, Ali Askar Road, Bangalore-560052
www.bmrda.kar.in
CONTENTS
Topic Pg No
LIST OF FIGURES
LIST OF TABLES
LIST OF MAPS
PREFACE A
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY E
SALIENT FEATURES OF ANEKAL LPA
PART I
1. INTRODUCTION 1
1.1 BACKGROUND 1
1.2 REGIONAL SETTING 2
1.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY AND CLIMATE 3
1.4 HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE 6
1.5 INTRODUCTION TO LPA 8
1.6 SCOPE AND LIMITATION 14
2. DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE AND ECONOMIC BASE 15

2.1 DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTER 15
2.2 ECONOMIC BASE 21
2.3 HERITAGE AND TOURISM 35
3. HOUSING AND URBAN POOR 38

3.1 HOUSING 38
3.2 HOUSING SHORTAGE / DEMAND 44
3.3 SLUMS 44
4. EXISTING LANDUSE AND TRANSPORTATION 46

4.1 EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION 46
4.2 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION 51
5. INFRASTRUCTURE 55
5.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 55
5.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE 70
6. ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 78
6.1 POLLUTION: GENERATION AND CONSEQUENCES 78
6.2 RAIN WATER HARVESTING 79
6.3 DISASTER MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES 80
7. PROBLEMS 81
8. VISUALISING THE FUTURE 83

8.1 INTERIM MASTER PLAN PROJECTIONS 83
8.2 POPULATION PROJECTION 84
8.3 HOUSING REQUIREMENTS 95
8.4 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE 95
8.5 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENT 97
8.6 PARTICIPATORY APPROACH 98
8.7 S.W.O.T ANALYSIS 99
8.8 VISION 2031 99
9. MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS 101

9.1 COMPONENTS OF THE MASTER PLAN 101
9.2 MASTER PLAN OBJECTIVES 102
9.3 AREA REQUIREMENT 102
9.4 STRATEGY FOR OBTAINING LAND FOR PUBLIC PURPOSES 102
9.5 BASIC CONSIDERATION FOR PROPOSAL 103
9.6 MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS 104
9.6.1 PROPOSED LANDUSE PLAN 2031 104
9.6.2 PROPOSED TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLAN 2031 110
9.6.3 ROAD WIDENING AND BUILDING LINES 114
9.6.4 STRUCTURE PLAN POLICIES AND PROPOSALS 116
9.6.5 SECTORAL PROPOSALS 123
10. PHASING OF DEVELOPMENT 141
11. ENFORCEMENT, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND

EVALUATION
144
11.1 ACTIONS 144
11.2 MONITORING AND EVALUATION 146
11.3 FISCAL PLAN FOR 2031 147
PART II
12. ZONING REGULATIONS 149
12.1 INTRODUCTION 149
12.2 ZONING OF LAND USE 163
12.3 ZONING REGULATIONS: REGULATIONS FOR DIFFERENT USES
OF BUILDINGS
182
12.4. SUB-DIVISION REGULATIONS 206
ANNEXURES i
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure No Title Pg No
1.1 Location of Anekal LP in the BMR 2
1.2 Annual Direction of the Wind 1980-1997 4
1.3 Average Rainfall in 2000-2010 5
1.4 Anekal Taluk Annual Rain Fall(mm) 5
1.5 Monthly Variation of Temperature 6
2.1 Anekal TMC Population growth 17
2.2 Anekal LPA Population growth 17
2.3 Comparison of population in BMR, Bangalore Urban District and Anekal LPA 18
2.4 Urban-Rural population in the LPA 18
2.5 Literacy Rate in Anekal Taluk 20
2.6 Workforce distribution in the Anekal LPA 22
2.7 Gender wise distribution of Workers 22
2.8 Gender wise distribution of workers in each category, 23
2.9 Distribution of workforce in Urban Areas in Anekal LPA 23
2.10 Distribution of workforce in rural areas of Anekal LPA 24
2.11 Gender wise distribution of workforce in each category 24
2.12 Workforce distribution in Economic Activities in Anekal Taluk 25
2.13 Workforce distribution in Economic Activities in Anekal TMC 25
2.14 Land Utilization in Anekal 26
2.15 Distribution of Small scale industries in Anekal 27
2.16 Financial Institutions in Anekal Taluk 33
3.1 Household size in Bangalore Urban District 38
3.2 No of habitable rooms per dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 39
3.3 Floor material of dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 39
3.4 Wall material of dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 40
3.5 Roof material of dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 40
3.6 Available facilities in dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district 41
4.1 Vehicular Statistics in Anekal Taluk 54
5.1 Distribution of households by availability of drinking water source 56
5.2 Distribution of households by location of drinking water source 56
5.3 Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal TMC 59
5.4 Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal LPA 59
5.5 Availability of sanitation facilities in Anekal taluk, 63
5.6 Electricity consumption in Anekal Taluk (in Lakh units) 69
5.7 Distribution of Educational facilities in Anekal Taluk 70
5.8 Infrastructure facilities in schools in Anekal district 71
5.9 Literacy rate in Anekal Taluk 72
5.10 Enrolment rate in Primary and Secondary classes in Anekal Taluk. 72
5.11 Distribution of school children in age group 6-14 73
5.12 Dropouts in Anekal Taluk 73
5.13 Health care center in Anekal Taluk. 75
6.1 Disaster management Continuum 80
8.1 Anekal LPA population growth 85
8.2 Anekal TMC population growth 86
8.3 Projected population in Anekal LPA till 2031 91
8.4 Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal LPA 96
LIST OF TABLES
Table No Title Pg No
1.1 List of the villages and the town in Anekal 8
2.1 Population statistics 16
2.2 Comparative table: sex ratio 19
2.3 Comparative list population under of 0-6 years, 19
2.4 HDI composition 20
2.5 Sericulture statistics of Anekal Taluk 26
2.6 Details of MGNREGA Scheme 32
2.7 No of people benefitted by MGNREGA 33
3.1 Existing Residential Area in Anekal LPA 38
3.2 Organizational setup in the housing sector 41
3.3 Housing sites allotted under Ashraya Scheme till 2011 42
3.4 Houses constructed under Ashraya Scheme till 2011 42
3.5 Houses constructed under IAY in 2010-2011 43
3.6 Houses constructed under special scheme in 2010-2011 43
3.7 Houses constructed under special scheme in 2010-2011 43
3.8 Slums in Anekal TMC 44
4.1 Land utilisation in the LPA 46
4.2 Existing land use in the LPA 46
4.3 Existing Landuse distribution in Anekal P.D 47
4.4 Existing Landuse distribution in Attibele P.D 47
4.5 Existing Landuse distribution in Jigani P.D 49
4.6 Existing Landuse distribution in Sarjapura 50
4.7 Major road network in Anekal Taluk 52
4.8 Road inventory in Anekal Taluk 52
5.1 Water supply source for Anekal TMC 57
5.2 Water Supply standards CPHEEO 57
5.3 Present Domestic water requirement in Anekal LPA 58
5.4 Sewage generation in the LPA, 2011 63
5.5 Solid Waste generation in the LPA 67
5.6 Municipal Solid waste management data 67
5.7 Solid waste generation and landfill requirement 67
5.8 Pupil Teacher Ratio in Anekal Taluk 73
5.9 List of Healthcare programs in Anekal Taluk. 77
8.1 IMP Landuse analysis- 2021 83
8.2 Population growth rate in Anekal LPA 86
8.3 Population growth rate in Anekal TMC 86
8.4 Natural growth of population calculated through various statistical methods 87
8.5 Population projection of the villages of LPA (geometric growth) 88
8.6 Population in Anekal LPA, 2031 92
8.7 Proposed land use in the LPA 93
8.8 Population density in the LPA and Planning Districts 94
8.9 Housing demand and residential Area requirement 95
8.10 Sewerage generation in the LPA 2031 96
8.11 Solid waste generation and landfill requirement 97
8.12 Medical facility requirement till 2031 97
8.13 Educational facility requirement till 2031 98
9.1 Population in Anekal LPA 2021, 2031 102
9.2 Proposed Land Utilisation in the LPA 104
9.2a Proposed landuse Analysis of Anekal LPA 105
9.3 Proposed Landuse statistics – Anekal Planning District 106
9.4 Proposed Landuse statistics – Attibele Planning District 107
9.5 Proposed Landuse statistics –Jigani Planning District 108
9.6 Proposed Landuse statistics –Sarjapur Planning District 109
9.7 Road Inventory 113
9.8 Road Inventory BMR roads 114
9.9 Roads to be Widened 114
9.10 Building Line proposed for major roads 115
9.11 Structural Plan Policies- landuse 116
9.12 Structural Plan Policies- Economy 117
9.13 Structural Plan Policies- Housing 119
9.14 Structural Plan Policies- water supply and sanitation 120
9.15 Structural Plan Policies- power 121
9.16 Structural Plan Policies- solid waste management 121
9.17 Structural Plan Policies- education 122
9.18 Structural Plan Policies- health 122
9.19 Water cess for Industries as per CPCB 124
9.20 Phasing of population 2021, 2031 139
9.21 Phasing of Industrial Area development 139
9.22 Phasing of Residential Development 140
10.1 Phasing of population 2021, 2031 142
10.2 Phasing of development: Sarjapura Planning District 142
10.3 Phasing of development: Attibele Planning District 142
10.4 Phasing of development: Jigani Planning District 142
10.5 Phasing of development: Anekal Planning District 142
10.6 Landuse analysis of the area to be developed in phase-I in Anekal LPA 143
11.1 Financial Proposal for development of roads 147
11.2 Financial Proposal for Other Public Amenities 148
LIST OF MAPS
Sl No Map Name Map No
1 Location 1
2 Administrative Boundaries 2
3 Regional Setting 3
4 Climatological Studies 4
5 Ground Water Potential 5
6 Soil Classification 6
7 Forest Cover, Drainage and Water bodies 7
8 Demographic Studies 8
9 Civic Amenities & Facilities 9
10 Problem Map 10
11 Base Map 11
12 Existing Land Utilization - L.P.A 12
13 Existing Landuse Sarjapura Planning District 13
14 Existing Landuse Sarjapura Town 14
15 Existing Landuse Sarjapura Planning District SP1 15
18 Existing Landuse Attibele Planning District 18
19 Existing Landuse Attibele Town 19
20 Existing Landuse Attibele Planning District AT-1 20
23 Existing Landuse Jigani Planning District 23
24 Existing Landsue Jigani Town 24
25 Existing Landuse Jigani Planning District JI-1 25
29 Existing Landuse Anekal Planning District 29
30 Existing Landuse Anekal Town 30
31 Existing Landuse Anekal Planning District AN1 31
37 Proposed Land Utilization - L.P.A 37
38 Proposed Landuse - L.P.A 38
39 Proposed Landuse Sarjapura Planning District 39
40 Proposed Landuse Sarjapura Planning District SP1 40
43 Proposed Landuse Attibele Planning District 43
44 Proposed Landuse Attibele Planning District AT1 44
47 Proposed Landuse Jigani Planning District 47
48 Proposed Landuse Jigani Planning District JI 1 48
52 Proposed Landuse Anekal Planning District 52
53 Proposed Landuse Anekal Planning District AN1 53
59 Proposed Circulation Pattern 59
60 Phasing of Development 60
61 Phasing of Development Sarjapura Planning District 61
62 Phasing of Development Sarjapura Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 62
63 Phasing of Development Attibele Planning District 63
64 Phasing of Development Attibele Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 64
65 Phasing of Development Attibele Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 65
66 Phasing of Development Jigani Planning District 66
67 Phasing of Development Jigani Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 67
68 Phasing of Development Jigani Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 68
69 Phasing of Development Anekal Planning District 69
70 Phasing of Development Anekal Planning District 70
71 Phasing of Development Anekal Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 71
72 Phasing of Development Anekal Planning District Phase 1 Landuse 72
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Preface
PREFACE
Bangalore Metropolitan Region Development Authority prepared the Structure Plan (SP) for
Bangalore Metropolitan Region (BMR) with an inductive approach with the prime objective of
decentralising growth away from Bangalore to harness and constrain its increasing primacy in the
region, lessen the regional disparities and in the process relieve the developmental pressure within the
conurbation. The strategic issues considered to be key determinants to future growth patterns were
studies and summed up as follows:
How effectively the strategic intervention combinations would compliment the
achievement of the induced population growth targets and developmental interventions of
the preferred growth strategy.
How effectively they would counter anomalies and negative development trends identified
in the BMR.
The structure plan was intended to provide a generic model for formulation of such plans for other
regions in Karnataka besides providing a strategic policy framework for planning & development
control locally to ensure that provision of development is realistic and complements with national state
& regional policy guidelines and securing consistency between local plans for contiguous or
neighbouring areas.
Structure Plan has proposed five Area Planning Zones and Interstitial zones in the entire
Bangalore Metropolitan Region. For the purpose of planning and development of important and
potential zones, Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 has been extended to various Area
Planning Zones and Planning Authorities have been constituted for enforcing and regulating the
developments in these Local Planning Areas. With the increase of Bangalore’s population and spatial
spread in the last 2 decades owing to its increasing global recognition as a preferred IT destination.
Sky Group Page |A

With increasing outgrowth of Bangalore and the proposed population influx into the Anekal
Local Planning Area, BMRDA has rightly taken the preparation of Interim Master Plan to dovetail
the regional policies of development the local requirements of the ever-increasing population and as a
result guide & regulate urban growth for a planned & compatiable physical development of the region.
The preparation of Interim Master Plan started during 2006 and the govt. have approved the five
IMP’s provisionally in 2007 and finally approved them during 2009.
A Master Plan (MP) is defined as “A plan for the development and re-development of the
area within the jurisdiction of the planning authority”. The Master Plan has to be prepared not
later than 2 years from the declaration of the LPA as per Sec 9 of The KT & CP Act. According to
the Act the contents of a Master Plan are defined as follows.
Zoning of land use
Street pattern i.e. Circulation pattern
Area reservation for Parks/Playgrounds/Open Spaces
Area reservation for future developments
Reservation of land for the purposes of Central Govt., State Govt etc.
Declaring and framing regulations for areas of special control
Phasing of development
BMRDA prepared scientific base maps for the Local Planning Area by acquiring Quick Bird
data based on 2009 data as there were no proper base maps. The Planning Authorities incorporated all
approved lay outs and were finalised during 2012.
Government constituted a committee vides its G.O. dated 28-11-2012 under the chairmanship of
Metropolitan Commissioner to finalise the Master Plans for five Local Planning Areas and along with
some guidelines. The following were the members of the committee.
Sky Group Page |B

1. Metropolitan Commissioner Chairman
2. Commissioner, DULT, Govt. of Karnataka Member
3. Director of Town and Country Planning, Member
4. Additional Director of Town and Country Planning, BMRDA Member
5. Joint Secretary / Dy. Secretary, UD Member
6. Shri Sitaram, Cistup, IISc., Bangalore Member
7. Member-Convenor(member secretary) of concerned Planning Authorities Member
Meanwhile there was a petition in High court of Karnataka for delayed preparation of Master
Plans for BMRDA submitted an affidavit saying that the plans would be finalised by June 2012 and
subsequently another affidavit that it would be finalised on 31-1-2013. But, we could not finalise the
plans within date and immediately the committee met on 24-1-2013 and reviewed the progress made
in the preparation of Master Plans. During the discussion it was also observed that notification under
section 10/1 of Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 was not declared so far and it would
be further delayed if we notify it now (2 months) and therefore, it was decided that If BMRDA is to
prepare the Master Plans, then the notification under section 10/1 is not required. However, it was
opined that in one case law the govt. has to delegate/empower the preparation of Master Plans under
section 9/2 of Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961. Accordingly, BMRDA requested the
govt. and govt. have empowered the preparation of Master Plans for five Local Planning Areas to
BMRDA under section 9/2 Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 on 4-3-2013.
The committee formulated broad guidelines’ for the preparation of Master Plans and directed
the Authorities to work out the proposals based on:
1. Existing developments
2. Approved IMP
Sky Group Page |C

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Executive Summary
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Anekal Local Planning Area was declared by the BMRDA in 2006. It is located in the south-east
part of the Bangalore Metropolitan Region (BMR). The total extent of the LPA is 402.3 sqkm and
consists of 170 settlements consisting of 169 villages and Anekal TMC. The LPA is well connected by
the NH-7 connecting Bangalore with Hosur via Anekal LPA, NH-207 passing through the northern
half, SH-35 connecting Sarjapura with Anekal and SH-86 connecting Bannerghatta to Anekal and
beyond to Hosur. The Interim Master Plan of the LPA was commissioned in 2007. It was provisionally
approved in April 2007 and finally approved by the BMRDA in May 2009. The process of Master Plan
preparation started with the preparation of the Basemap and Existing Landuse Map which were
prepared by ROLTA India using 0.6m resolution Quickbird satellite Image. The maps were scrutinised
by the KSRAC and submitted to the BMRDA in 2012.
The Master Plan for the year 2031 is prepared to promote Anekal’s role as the counter magnet to
Bangalore. The LPA has a continuous boundary with the Bangalore Metropolitan Area (BMA) in the
north-west, with Hoskote LPA in the north-east and with Tamil Nadu in the South. The proximity to
Electronic City in Bangalore and Hosur Industrial Area in Tamil Nadu makes it one of the fastest
growing areas in the BMR. The LPA has an impressive state of infrastructure at present with the
healthcare hub at Chandapura and world class educational institutes that makes the LPA the choice
for residential base for people in Bangalore as well as Hosur. The Bangalore-Chennai Industrial
Corridor proposed to pass through Hoskote LPA would also see additional growth in the LPA.
There are four important growth nodes in Anekal LPA – Jigani-Bommasandra Industrial Area,
Attibele-Chandapura corridor, Anekal and Sarjapura. Likewise four planning Districts have been
constituted - Jigani, Anekal, Attibele and Sarjapura – for easier understanding and working.
Sky Group Page |E

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Executive Summary
The Jigani Planning District is characterised by numerous industries comprising of the Jigani-
Bommasandra KIADB industrial estate, granite, food processing and pharmaceutical industries. More
than 1000 Ha of industrial land are present in the Planning District. Anekal is the Taluk headquarter of
the Anekal Taluk as well as a Town Municipal Council as per Census. Main activity is residential with
public and semi-public use in the town core catering to the civic needs of a TMC. The Attibele
Planning District is the fastest developing area in the LPA. The Chandapura Healthcare hub has
some of the best medical institutions in the region, there are engineering and medical colleges and
other acclaimed educational institutions. The Bangalore Metro would extend to the Planning District in
future providing it greater connectivity with Bangalore. In addition there are service based IT
industries located along the NH-7 corridor. Sarjapura Planning District is the future of IT industries in
the LPA. There is a proposal of IT SEZ in the area and several other IT industries are in queue.
Uncontrolled urbanization, depletion of precious agricultural land and lack of perennial water source
are some of the major concerns of urbanization.
The Master Plan 2031 has been prepared to uphold the potential of the areas. There have been
considerable changes in the LPA under Section 14(a) and 14(a) 3. All changes and approved layouts
have been retained in the Master Plan proposal. Guidelines and standards have been followed and
additional landuse has been assigned scientifically.
The concept of ‘phasing of development’ has been introduced as required under section 12 (g) of
Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1861 to bring about gradual and compact development in
the Local Planning Area. The primary objective of act is to guide and regulate the developments
within the Local Planning Area in a phased manner so as to facilitate planning for the provision of
infrastructure services like water supply, sanitation, drainage, transport and social infrastructure.
Sky Group Page |F

SALIENT FEATURES OF ANEKAL LPA
1 Total Area of LPA 402.3 sqkm
2 LPA notification date 2006
3 Total no of villages in LPA 169
4 Total no of urban areas in LPA 1
5 Total no of settlements in LPA 170
6 District Bangalore Urban
7 Urban areas in the LPA Anekal TMC

Bommasandra-Jigani, Anekal, Attibele-
8 Major growth nodes
Chandapura & Sarjapura
9 Initiation of IMP preparation June 2006
10 Date of IMP provisional approval April 2007
11 Date of IMP final approval May 2009
12 Total existing developed area, 2012 70.13 sqkm
13 Existing population 2011 3.55 lakhs
14 Existing gross density 50 pph
15 Total urbanisable area proposed in IMP 2021 215.47 sqkm
16 Projected population as per IMP 2021 11 lakhs
17 Proposed density as per IMP 51 pph
18 Total urbanisable area proposed in MP 2031 233.17 sqkm
19 Projected population as per MP 2031 16 lakhs
20 Proposed density as per MP 2031 70 pph
21 Proposed residential density as per 2031 145 pph
22 Urbanisable Area phase 1 10869.71 Ha
23 Density phase 1 60pph
24 Urbanisable Area phase 2 12447.32 Ha
25 Density phase 2 77 pph

PART I
MASTER PLAN REPORT

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 1 | Introduction
1.2 REGIONAL SETTING
The BMR is disaggregated into six local planning areas and the Bangalore Metropolitan area which
more or less coincides with the limits of the BBMP. There are six local planning areas in the BMR –
Anekal, Hoskote, Magadi, Kanakapura, BIAPA and Nelamangala.
In order to provide sectoral and spatial synergy a Structure Plan had been formulated for the BMR
which is more or less a regional perspective plan. The Structural Plan provides a framework for the
master plan of the Anekal LPA.
The vision and the growth directions stated in the SP 2011 had not been able to live up to the pace of
growth in the BMR. Hence a Revised Structure Plan (RSP) has been prepared for the region for the
year 2031, to provide strategic policy framework for planning, ensure sectoral development and
coordination and securing consistency
between the various local plans.
The Anekal LPA Master Plan is a 20 year

plan document that articulates spatial
proposals and sectoral policies addressing
the need of the region and forming a
sustainable vision for the future. It highlights
the vision of the SP 2031 for Anekal and
identifies the growth potentials and trends,
infrastructure gaps, projects and institutional
framework in the LPA. It proposes spatial
development directions as well as forms a
framework for various sectoral initiatives.
Fig 1.1: Location of Anekal LP in the BMR
Sky Group Page |2

1.3 PHYSIOGRAPHY AND CLIMATE
The Anekal LPA is 402.30 sqkm in area. The land consists of sloping terrain from South to North with
the hilly regions being in the south at Bannerghatta National Park and the Reserve Forest, slopping
towards DeshpandeGuttahalli in the North in Sarjapur Hobli. The slope is from an elevation of 920-
940 m above the MSL to 840-860 MSL.
SOIL AND GEOMORPHOLOGY
Laterite soils occur on undulating terrain forming plain to gently sloping topography of peninsular
gneissic region. It is mainly covered in Anekal taluk and western parts of Bangalore North and south
taluks.
Anekal lies in the seismically stable region, Zone II (encompassing parts of
Karnataka, Maharashtra, Kerala, Tamil Nadu and Andhra Pradesh), the region has been untouched
by major seismic events. Only mild tremors have been recorded in the city.
CLIMATE
Due to its elevation, Anekal enjoys a pleasant and equable climate throughout the year. Winter
temperatures rarely drop below 11°C (52°F) and summer temperatures seldom exceed 36°C (97°F)
Anekal receives about 850 mm of rain annually, the wettest months being August September,
October and in that order. The summer heat is moderated by fairly frequent thunderstorms and
occasional squalls causing power outages and local flooding.
WIND DIRECTIONS
It is seen from the wind roses collected from the Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) at
Bangalore that the wind direction is mostly east to west. In the morning i.e., 0830 hrs, the wind is
towards west during May to September and east during November to February. Whereas, in the
evening i.e.,17:30hrs, the wind blows towards west during June to September and east in November
Sky Group Page |3

to March. Hence, it can be taken that the wind generally blows towards west. The strongest winds
(>19 kmph) are observed in the months from June to August.
N
2.1%
8.6%
8.0%
W 28.0% A-LPA 26.9% E
14.0% 10.6%
1.6%
Figure 1.2: Annual Direction of the Wind 1980 -1997

Source: www.imdbangalore.gov.in
It is also observed from figure 2.1 that the annual analysis of the wind direction indicates west and
east winds. The percentage wind from the north, however, slightly outweighs the one blowing from
south.
It is seen from the IMD data from 1951-80, that the mean wind speeds are greatest in the months of
June and July .According to the Wind Map of Karnataka, the LPA belongs to Low Damage Risk Zone.
Hence, the structure design of infrastructure in the LPA with respect to wind, loading may be taken
into consideration while planning and constructing high rise structures only. Further, the location of
industry, generally, should be located in a direction where wind force is going away from the human
habitation.
RAINFALL
The rainfall data shows that the yearly rainfall varies from 800 mm to about 1200 mm. Rainfall is
heaviest in the months of September and October.
Sky Group Page |4

Anekal taluk monthly Average Rainfall- 2000-2010

180
160
140
RAINFALL IN MM
120
100
80 Anekal Taluk
60 AVG RAINFALL
40
20
0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
Figure 1.3: Average Rainfall in 2000-2010
Anekal Taluk Annual Rain Fall(mm)

1400
1200
1000
Rainfall in mm
Anekal
Anekal Taluk
Taluk
800 Annual
Normal Rain
600
RainFall(mm)
Fall(mm)
400
200
0
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011
Figure 1.4: Anekal Taluk Annual Rain Fall(mm)
TEMPERATURE
Average minimum temperature varies from 14°C in winter to 21ºC in summer. Maximum temperature
varies from 26°C in winter to 34°C in summer. The coldest months are December and January while
the hottest months are April and May as seen in the graph below.
Sky Group Page |5

Anekal Taluk - Monthly Temperature (2012)

40
35
30
Temeparture ºC
25
20
15
10
5
0 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
MIN 14.7 15.9 18.4 20.7 20.9 19.8 19.2 19.3 19 18.8 17 15.1
AVG 21 22.9 25.6 27.1 26.9 24.7 23.5 23.6 23.7 23.3 21.8 20.6
MAX 27.4 30 32.8 33.6 32.9 29.6 27.9 28 28.4 27.9 26.7 26.2
Figure 1.5: Monthly Variation of Temperature
1.4 HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE
History of Anekal dates back to fourth century of the Christian era. It formed part of the ancient
territorial division called Morasu-Nadu, Cholas, Hoysalas and Vijayanagar kings ruled over the area,
followed by the Wodeyars, Sugatur chiefs, Hyder and Tipu Sultan. Lithic epigraphs, memorial stones
erected for the fallen heroes (Veeragallu) and monumental structures in the form of temples stand as
testimony to these incidents. The town was founded in about ad. 1603 by the Palegar Chikka Thimme
Gowda of the Sugatur family. He had built a fort around to protect the place, developed the town by
adding additional constructions like temples and a large tank for supply of water-both for purposes of
irrigation and domestic needs of the residents. The sultan of Bijapur annexed Thimme Gowda’s
hereditary possessions of Hoskote, and granted him Anekal. During the period of Dodda Thimme
Gowda, grandson of Thimme Gowda, Anekal was annexed by the Wodeyars of Mysore. The Thimme
Gowda chief continued to pay tribute to Mysore, until Haidarali expelled the rulers, and Anekal
became an integral part of the kingdom of Mysore.
Chicka Thimme Gowda of Hosakote built the town of Anekal in the year 1603 A. D. The place is said
to derive its name from the fact that once a hailstone, huge as an elephant, fell on the place. Thimme
Gowda, son of Chicka Thimme Gowda, succeeded as ruler in 1633 A. D. After ruling for 20 years, he
retired installing his son, Dodda Thimme Gowda, in his place. During the latter's regime, Anekal
became a model town. It was later on annexed to the Mysore territory by the Mysore kings, and then
restored to the Gowda chiefs on the condition of their paying a tribute of 2,000 pagodas, annually.
Sky Group Page |6

Dodda Thimme Gowda remained as chief till 1713 A. D. when his son, Veeranaryana Thimme
Gowda, succeeded him. Chenne Gowda came next, and his successors were weak administrators.
Haider Ali took over Anekal, and imprisoned its chief.. Later, the English released the imprisoned man
and sent him back to Anekal. This chief's descendents administered the tracts of country in British
India now known as Berikai, Punganur, and Sulagiri. DewanPurnaiya pensioned off these gowdas,
and granted them a pension of Rs. 225. Veera Chickaraya and his brother are now enjoying this
pension. Chikka Thimme Gowda built only a mud fort at first. He also built the temples of
Thimmarayaswami and Chennakesava Swami. The ruined temple of Mallikarjuna Swami, said to
have been originally built by Arjuna, one of the Pandava brothers, was renovated by this chief. He
constructed a large tank called the Thimmamhudbi Tank, which is now known as the Amani tank.
Seeing that the land was eminently suited for cultivation, Chicka Thimme Gowda brought much of it
under cultivation by setting many farmers there whom he brought from elsewhere. Indigo cultivation
weaving and dyeing thrived very well in Anekal. The farmers and artisans who were settled in those
days are represented now by their descendents who are to be found in Dommasandra and other
places in the Anekal Taluk.
Sky Group Page |7

1.5 INTRODUCTION TO LPA
The Anekal LPA had been declared by the Govt. of Karnataka in 2006. The LPA is located in the
south-western part of the BMR at 77° 42’ E and 12° 45’ N and comes under Bangalore Urban district.
It is located at an average distance of 35 km from Bangalore city. The major settlements in the LPA
are Anekal, Attibele, Bommasandra, Jigani, Sarjapur and Chandapura. Anekal is the only TMC in the
LPA.
The NH 7 is the major connector that passes through the LPA linking the LPA to Bangalore city and
Hosur. Railway line passes through the LPA connecting Bangalore and Chennai. The total area of
the LPA is 402.3 sqkm. It comprises of the Anekal Taluk. It consists of 169 villages and one TMC
and has a total population of 3.55 lakhs1. The total urban population in the LPA is 45,0002. The list of
the villages and the town are given in the table below.
Table1.1: List of the villages and the town in Anekal

Sl. No. VILLAGE NAME HOBLI
1 A MEDIHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
2 ADIGARAKALLAHALLI SARJAPURA
3 ADIGONDANAHALLI ATTIBELE
4 ADUR KASABA(ANEKAL)
5 AGASATHIMMANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
6 ALI BOMMASANDRA SARJAPURA
7 AMANIBIDARAKERE (B) JIGANI
8 AMANIDODDAKERE (B) KASABA(ANEKAL)
9 ANDAPURA ATTIBELE
10 ANEKAL - RURAL ANEKAL - TMC
11 ANEKAL - TMC ANEKAL - TMC
12 ARAVANTIGEPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)
13 AREHALLI ATTIBELE
14 ARENUR ATTIBELE
15 ATTIBELE ATTIBELE
16 AVADADENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
17 BAGGANADODDI KASABA(ANEKAL)
18 BALAGARANAHALLI ATTIBELE
19 BALLUR ATTIBELE
20 BANAHALLI SARJAPURA
21 BANAHALLI ATTIBELE
22 BANDENALLA SANDRA JIGANI
23 BENDIGANAHALLI ATTIBELE
24 BESTAMMANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
25 BHAKTIPURA ATTIBELE
1
Census 2011
2
Anekal TMC population
Sky Group Page |8

26 BIDARAGERE KASABA(ANEKAL)
27 BIDARAGUPPE ATTIBELE
28 BIDARAKADAHALLI (B) KASABA(ANEKAL)
29 BIKKANAHALLI SARJAPURA
30 BILCHIKKANAHALLI SARJAPURA
31 BILLAPURA SARJAPURA
32 BOMMANDAHALLI JIGANI
33 BOMMASANDRA ATTIBELE
34 BUKKASAGARA JIGANI
35 BURAGUNTE SARJAPURA
36 BYAGADADENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
37 BYALAHALLI SARJAPURA
38 CHAMBENAHALLI SARJAPURA
39 CHANDAPURA ATTIBELE
40 CHANNENA AGRAHARA KASABA(ANEKAL)
41 CHIKKAHAGADE KASABA(ANEKAL)
42 CHIKKAHOSAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
43 CHIKKADASARAHALLI SARJAPURA
44 CHIKKADUNNASANDRA SARJAPURA
45 CHIKKANAHALLI ATTIBELE
46 CHIKKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
47 CHIKKANAHATTI (B) KASABA(ANEKAL)
48 CHIKKATHIMMASANDRA SARJAPURA
49 CHUDENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
50 DASANAPURA ATTIBELE
51 DESHAPANDEGUTTAHALLI SARJAPURA
52 DODDAHAGADE KASABA(ANEKAL)
53 DODDATHIMMASANDRA SARJAPURA
54 DYAVASANDRA JIGANI
55 GERATIGANABELE KASABA(ANEKAL)
56 GIDDENAHALLI JIGANI
57 GIDDENAHALLI (B) ATTIBELE
58 GONIGHATTAPURA SARJAPURA
59 GOPASANDRA SARJAPURA
60 GOWRENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
61 GUDDAHATTI ATTIBELE
62 GUDIGHATTANAHALLI (B) SARJAPURA
63 GUDNAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
64 HALDENAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
65 HALEHALLI ATTIBELE
66 HANDENAHALLI SARJAPURA
67 HARAGADDE JIGANI
68 HARAPANAHALLI JIGANI
69 HASARUVANI (B) KASABA(ANEKAL)
70 HEELALIGE ATTIBELE
71 HENNAGARA JIGANI
Sky Group Page |9

72 HINNAKKI JIGANI
73 HOMPALAGHATTA KASABA(ANEKAL)
74 HONNAKALASAPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)
75 HOSAHALLI JIGANI
76 I.BINGIPURA JIGANI
77 IGGALUR ATTIBELE
78 INDLABELE ATTIBELE
79 INDLAWADI KASABA(ANEKAL)
80 INDLAWADIPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)
81 ITCHANGUR ATTIBELE
82 ITTANGUR SARJAPURA
83 JANTHAGONDANAHALLI SARJAPURA
84 JIGALA ATTIBELE
85 JIGANI JIGANI
86 KACHANAIKANAHALLI JIGANI
87 KADAGRAHARA SARJAPURA
88 KADAJAKKANAHALLI JIGANI
89 KALANAIKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
90 KALBALU JIGANI
91 KAMANAHALLI SARJAPURA
92 KAMBLIPURA ATTIBELE
93 KAMMASANDRA ATTIBELE
94 KAMMASANDRA AGRAHARA KASABA(ANEKAL)
95 KARPUR KASABA(ANEKAL)
96 KAVALHOSAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
97 KEMPAVADERAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
98 KITTAGANAHALLI ATTIBELE
99 KODLIPURA ATTIBELE
100 KONASANDRA JIGANI
101 KOPPA JIGANI
102 KOTIGANAHALLI SARJAPURA
103 KRISHNASAGARA ATTIBELE
104 KUGUR SARJAPURA
105 KUMBARANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
106 KUNMADIVALA KASABA(ANEKAL)
107 KURUBARAHATTI KASABA(ANEKAL)
108 KUTHAGANAHALLI SARJAPURA
109 KYALASANAHALLI JIGANI
110 LAXMISAGARA ATTIBELE
111 LINGAPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)
112 M.MEDIHALLI ATTIBELE
113 MADAPPANAHALLI SARJAPURA
114 MADIVALA KASABA(ANEKAL)
115 MAHALCHOWDADENAHALLI SARJAPURA
116 MAHANTHALINGAPURA JIGANI
117 MANCHANAHALLI ATTIBELE
Sky Group P a g e | 10
118 MARANAIKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)

119 MARASUR KASABA(ANEKAL)
120 MARASUR AGRAHARA KASABA(ANEKAL)
121 MATTANAHALLI SARJAPURA
122 MAYASANDRA ATTIBELE
123 MENASIGANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
124 MUGALUR SARJAPURA
125 MUTHAGATTI KASABA(ANEKAL)
126 MUTHANALLUR SARJAPURA
127 MUTHANALLURAMANIKERE (B) SARJAPURA
128 MUTHASANDRA ATTIBELE
129 NAGEN AGRAHARA SARJAPURA
130 NARAYANAGHATTA SARJAPURA
131 NERALUR ATTIBELE
132 NERIGA SARJAPURA
133 NOSENUR JIGANI
134 NOSENURGOLLAHALLI JIGANI
135 PANDITANA AGRAHARA SARJAPURA
136 PATNAGEREGOLLAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
137 RACHAMANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
138 RAGIHALLI JIGANI
139 RAJAPURA JIGANI
140 RAMAKRISHNAPURA ATTIBELE
141 RAMASAGARA ATTIBELE
142 S.MEDIHALLI SARJAPURA
143 SAMANAHALLI SARJAPURA
144 SAMANDUR KASABA(ANEKAL)
145 SARJAPURA SARJAPURA
146 SEEGANAIKANAHALLI SARJAPURA
147 SEETHANAIKANAHALLI JIGANI
148 SHIVANAHALLI JIGANI
149 SIDIHOSAKOTE KASABA(ANEKAL)
150 SINGASANDRA KASABA(ANEKAL)
151 SOLLEPURA SARJAPURA
152 SOLUR KASABA(ANEKAL)
153 SOMPURA SARJAPURA
154 SONNANAYAKANAPURA KASABA(ANEKAL)
155 SOPPAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
156 SUBMANGALA KASABA(ANEKAL)
157 SUNAVARA KASABA(ANEKAL)
158 SURAGAJAKKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
159 TELAGARAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
160 THAMMANAIKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
161 THATTANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
162 THIMMASANDRA KASABA(ANEKAL)
163 THINDLU SARJAPURA
164 THIRUMAGONDANAHALLI ATTIBELE

165 VADERAMANCHANAHALLI JIGANI
166 VANAKANAHALLI KASABA(ANEKAL)
167 VOLAGEREKALLAHALLI SARJAPURA
168 YADAVANAHALLI ATTIBELE
169 YAMARE SARJAPURA
170 YARANDAHALLI JIGANI
APPROACH AND WORKFLOW
APPROACH
Master Plan for ANEKAL LPA is prepared within the framework of the BMR Revised Structure Plan
2031. The growth potentials and issues of urbanisation have been analysed to arrive at development
strategies. Nevertheless, a deductive approach has been adopted for forming the sectoral policies
after due analysis of their potential, development trends and environmental sustainability.
WORKFLOW
The workflow ensued for the preparation of the Mater Plan for Anekal Local Planning Area is as
follows:
- Basemap was prepared using 0.6mQuickbird image
- The existing land use was updated into the database using field survey.
- IMP land use was integrated into the database using the new basemap as reference.
- Deviations on ground with the IMP data were checked, verified and updated.
- Secondary and Primary data for population, development trends, land utilisation, housing,
utility and services were collected and analysed
- Population forecast was made for the horizon year 2031 calculating natural increase and
increase in population due to employment opportunities.
- Economic potential was assessed and industrial forecasts for the LPA were made.
- Assessment of infrastructure status for physical infrastructure like water supply, drainage and
sanitation and social infrastructure like education and health were done for an appraisal of the
features.
- Gaps in the service deliver were assessed and trend of development was studied
- Strategy of development was developed considering the development trends, potential and
constraints in the LPA.
- Spatial and sectoral proposals were then formulated.
WORKFLOW FOR PREPARATION OF MASTER PLAN
Preparation of Basemap from

0.6mQuickbird satellite image
Secondary and Primary data collection for

Population, Development trends, Land utilization,
Housing and Slums, utility and services,
Updating of existing landuse Community facilities, Circulation pattern, Traffic
data – Existing landuse Map and Transportation, Environment
preparation
Population
Integration of IMP Land use, forecasts Economic
Circulation pattern etc forecasts
Assessment of present
infrastructure status
Rectification of deviation and Analysis of gaps Distribution of
between IMP data and ground and trend of population based
data (field check) development on economic
potential
Spatial proposals Development Estimation of

Strategy requirements
Draft Report Sectoral proposals
Final Report
1.6 SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS
The Master Plan provides scope to redefine circulation pattern and landuse of the LPA in accordance
with the present trend of development. Existing problems of the study area has been addressed and
best possible solution has been provided for them.
The Limitations of the Master Plan process are as follows:

1. Lack of primary household data and primary traffic survey data.
2. Since a lot of development have already taken place in the form of Approved Layouts, KHB
layouts, CLU under section 14 (A) and 14 (A)3, future planning has to be done in
consideration with the existing development which might prevent total scientific planning.
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 2 |Demographic Profile and Economic Base
CHAPTER 2
DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE AND ECONOMIC BASE
2.1 DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTER
INTRODUCTION
Demography is the study of human population with respect to size, composition, spatial distribution,
and changes in the populationthat occur over time. Future growth scenarios, infrastructure
requirements and utilisation of human resource for different sectors depend on the population of an
area. Hence study of population – size, composition and distribution is important to Planning.
Size of the population gives an overall dimension of the physical environment and supplies a basic
yardstick for the estimation of space requirements for various categories of land use.
Studies of population composition extend this analysis to qualitative considerations like age groups,
household sizes, income levels, and needs of each segment of the life cycle. They can be used to
assist in determining the space required for facilities for all segments of the population.
Analysis of population distribution provides clues as to how these various land uses and facilities
should be located in the urban area.
The population of Anekal LPA, as per census 2011 and other thematic data from census 2001 has
been studied and analysed to arrive at future growth scenarios and determination of infrastructural
requirements.
KARNATAKA and BMR: FACTS and FIGURES
Karnataka State’s population according to 2011 Census is 6.11 crores (Table 1). It is observed that
(a) the percentage growth in population has reduced from 17.25% in 1991-2001 to 15.67% in 2001-
2011. (b) the urban percentage growth in population has increased from 29 per cent in 1991-2001 to
31.27% in 2001-2011, and (c) the urban population in Bangalore Urban District has increased from
88 per cent in 2001 to 90.94% in 2011.
The BMRDA area includes Bangalore Urban and Rural Districts. As per census 2011, the population
is around 105, 76,167 (105 lakhs). The percentage rural population in the area has reduced from 27
per cent in 2001 to 15.02% in 2011 and the percentage urban population has increased from 73% in
2001 to 84.98% in 2011. Hence, the area has gone through a great deal of urbanization.
Population of the BMRDA area represented 16% of Karnataka’s population in 2001 and represents
17.3% of Karnataka’s population in 2011. The rural population of BMR has decreased from 7% of
total rural population of Karnataka in 2001 to 4.2% of total rural population of Karnataka in 2011.
Whereas, urban population which was 34 per cent of Karnataka’s total urban population in 2001 is
now 8.11%. The growth of the rural and urban population in 2011 is 7.63% and 31.27% respectively.
The urban and rural population figures of Karnataka, Bangalore Urban District, Bangalore Rural
District and BMRDA area are presented in the table below.
Table2.1: Population statistics

YEARS
AREA ( sq.
1971 1981 1991 2001 2011
km)
Karnataka
Karnataka 29,299,014 37,135,714 44,977,201 52,850,562 61,130,704
Rural 1,91,791 22,176,921 26,406,108 31,069,413 34,889,033 37,552,529
Urban 7,122,093 10,729,606 13,907,788 17,961,529 23,578,175
Bangalore Urban District
Total 3,365,515 4,947,610 4,839,162 6,537,124 9,588,910
Rural 2,190 1,499,761 1,754,394 669,409 777,137 868,971
Urban 1,865,754 3,193,216 4,169,253 5,759,987 8,719,939
BMR
Total 3,365,515 4,947,610 6,512,356 8,414,540 10,576,167
Rural 8,005 1,499,761 1,754,394 2,039,317 2,247,679 1,588,535
Urban 1,865,754 3,193,216 4,472,539 6,166,861 8,987,632

Source: Census 2011
ANEKAL LPA: GROWTH TREND
POPULATION GROWTH IN ANEKAL TOWN
Anekal-TMC Population Growth

50000
45000
40000
POPULATION
35000
30000
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
1991 2001 2011
Anekal-TMC 24938 33157 45000
Fig 2.1: Anekal TMC Population growth

Source: census
The above figure shows the growth trend in Anekal Town. It can be seen that the decadal growth rate
from 1991 to 2001 has been 32.9% whereas that from 2001 to 2011 has been 35.17%. The growth
rate in the LPA is very high compared to the national growth rate of 2.6% per annum.
POPULATION GROWTH IN ANEKAL LPA
ANEKAL LPA Population Growth

400000
350000
300000
POPULATION
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0
1991 2001 2011
ANEKAL LPA 168693 212767 355606
Fig 2.2: Anekal LPA Population growth, Source: census
The above figure shows the growth trend in Anekal Town. It can be seen that the decadal growth rate
from 1991 to 2001 has been 48.6% whereas that from 2001 to 2011 has been 67.3%. The growth
rate in the LPA is very high compared to the national growth rate of 2.6% per annum.
12000000
10000000
8000000
BMR
6000000
bangalore urban district
Anekal LPA
4000000
2000000
0
1971 1981 1991 2001 2011
Fig 2.3: Comparison of population in BMR, Bangalore Urban District and Anekal LPA
Source: Census
URBAN AND RURAL IN THE LPA
The urban rural population divide is huge

in the LPA. 20% of the total population
reside in urban areas where 80% is in the
rural areas. However there are growing
industrial areas in the LPA – Jigani,
Bommasandra, Attibele, Chandapura and
Sarjapur which would take up urban
character in future.
Fig 2.4: Urban-Rural population in the

LPA
Source: Census
SEX RATIO
Sex ratio is defined as number of females per 1000 males. The sex ratio of the Anekal LPA has been
shown in context of the larger framework. It can be seen that the sex ratio in Karnataka is 9681
females per 1000 males, while that of the BMR is 935. Sex ratio is alarmingly low in the Anekal Town
where it is 929 females per 1000 males and in Anekal Taluk where it is 828 females per 1000 males.
The table below shows a comparative list of sex ratios according to census 2011.
Table 2.2: Comparative table: sex ratio
AREA Karnataka Bangalore Urban District Anekal Taluk2 Anekal TMC3
SEX RATIO 968 914 828 929
SOURCE: census 2011, 2001
CHILD POPULATION (0-6 YEARS)
The proportion of child population in an area determines the educational infrastructure demand.
According to census 2011 data the 9.38% of the total population of the Ramanagara district belongs
to age group 0-6 years. The table below shows a comparative list of the child population proportion in
Bangalore, Bangalore rural and Ramanagara.
Table2.3: Comparative list population under of 0 -6 years,
AREA Bangalore Urban District Bangalore Anekal Taluk
Percentage of population
9,88,482 (10.31%) 8,70,473 38,653 (12.9%)
in age group 0-6 years
SOURCE: census 2011
1
Census 2011
2
Census of India 2001
3
Census of India 2001
LITERACY RATE
90 The literacy rate in Anekal Taluk is

79
80 70.4 70.40 per cent. The male literacy
70 60.5 rate is 79 per cent while the
60
50 total female literacy rate is 60.50 per
40 male
cent.
30 female
20 Fig 2.5 Literacy Rate in Anekal
10 Taluk
0 Source: Census
Anekal Taluk
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT INDEX
The human development index data, according to Karnataka Human Development Report 2005
shows that Bangalore Urban district has a human development index of 0.753 4. The table below
shows the composition of HDI5 in Bangalore Urban and Bangalore Rural district. The HDI is higher
than the national HDI of 0.621.
Table 2.4: HDI composition
Area Health Education Income HDI
Bangalore Rural 0.692 0.662 0.605 0.653
Bangalore Urban 0.705 0.887 0.666 0.753
SOURCE: Human Development Report, Karnataka 2005
4
Karnataka Human Development Report 2005
5
The HDI for districts is computed on the basis of the methodology used in UNDP Human Development Report 1999. Due to the non-availability of data
on adult literacy rates for 2001, literacy rates for 7 years plus, the combined gross enrolment ratios of primary and secondary level education (class I-
XII) have been substituted. Hence, there is element of double counting in the age group 6-18 years for educational status. It may be noted that due to
changes in methodology, i.e. adopting the logarithm method in computation, there has been a sudden increase in the values of the income index.
Another important factor is that changing the base year from 1980-81 to 1993-94 for estimation of GDP at constant prices for India and the states
(introduced by the CSO) has contributed to higher values of income indices for 1991-92 and 2001-02. In Karnataka, the estimates of life expectancy at
birth for districts and the state have been made on the basis of the regression method involving the crude birth rate, the crude death rate, the rate of
natural increase in population and the infant mortality rate for 2001. In order to enable for the districts and the state are higher than the HDI values in
KHDR I. The GDI values have also been revised for 27 districts for 1991, so as to facilitate a comparison of GDI estimates for 1991 with those of 2001.
2.2 ECONOMIC BASE
INTRODUCTION
The population of Anekal LPA has grown from 2.12 lakhs in 2001 to 3.55 lakhs in 2011. The net
growth in population over the last decade is 1.43 lakhs, the decadal growth rate being 67.45% and
the annual growth rate being 6.7%. The annual growth rate of Bangalore urban district however is
5.1%6. Needless to say, the growth of the LPA has been fast. It is evident that the intensity and scale
of economic activities in the LPA are in tandem with this pace of growth.
Under the framework of the draft RSP 2031, a scenario of 75-25 population sharing between the core
and the outside is being aimed for. This includes inducing a considerable amount of population from
the core to the outside.
Bangalore has been experiencing rapid development because of accelerated industries and
economic activities. This has resulted in growth of congestion of Bangalore, because of which there is
tremendous pressure on infrastructure. Land is becoming scarce and hence costly day by day.
Anekal has seen intense industrial activity in the last few years due to its favourable location and
availability of land. It is strategically located in the Bangalore-Chennai industrial corridor and is away
from the congestion of Bangalore city. Coupled with development of infrastructure, the LPA has
emerged as the preferred investment location for service based and manufacturing industries.
Jigani-Bommasandra-Electronic city-Attibele forms a major economic cluster in the LPA. The major
attraction in this region is the Electronic City in Bangalore. Industries along the entire stretch along
NH-7 from Electronic city to Attibele, and beyond, to Hosur in Tamil Nadu form this cluster. Attibele
located in the Tamil Nadu State border, Jigani, Bommasandra, Hebbagodi, Chandapura and Sarjapur
are part of this cluster. The industrial areas of Attibele, Bommasandra and Jigani-Bommasandra
contribute to the economy of the cluster. The industries concentrating around Sarjapur town and few
scattered ones along the Sarjapur-Attibele Road also form a part of the cluster. Adjacent areas such
as Hebbagodi, Dommasandra, Chandapura (a market town) and parts around the Jigani Anekal town
serve as residential base for the cluster.
6
According to Census 2011 data
WORKFORCE PARTICIPATION
The BMR RSP 2031 states the work participation rate of the BMR as a little over 41%. The workforce
participation rate of the Anekal Taluk is however 45%. The industrial work participation rate of the
BMR is considered to be 21%7.
WORKFORCE DISTRIBUTION
The total no of workers in a society is

Workforce distribution in Anekal LPA
comprised of the main workers and
the marginal workers. Main workers
are those who have more than 100
MAIN days of work in a year and marginal
37%
NON-
workers are those who work less than
WORKERS
55%
100 days in a year. Non-workers are
those who fall in the working age
MARGINAL
8%
group, mainly the unemployed and
the housewives.37% of the workers
in Anekal Taluk are main workers
Figure 2.6: Workforce distribution in the Anekal LPA while 8% is marginal workers and
Source :Bengaluru Urban District at a Glance 2010-2011
55% are non-workers.
Gender wise distribution of workforce
FEMALE
21%
DISTRIBUTION OF MALE AND FEMALE
WORKERS
MALE Gender wise distribution of workforce

79%
shows that 79% of the workers are
male while 21% of the workers are
Figure 2.7:Gender wise distribution of Workers female.

The graph below shows the gender
wise distribution of workforce in the three categories – main worker, marginal worker and non-
workers.
7
Structure Plan 2031
Gender wise distribution of Workforce

100000
90000
80000
70000
PERSONS
60000
50000
40000
30000
20000
10000
0
MAIN MARGINAL NON-WORKERS
MALE 77266 10,843 53,730
FEMALE 20,594 9,471 94,367
Figure 2.8: Gender wise distribution of workers in each category ,
DISTRIBUTION OF WORKFORCE IN URBAN AREAS: ANEKAL TMC
Workforce distribution in Urban areas of Workforce distribution in the urban areas

Anekal LPA
of the LPA show that 48% of the total
0%
population contribute to main workers,
NON-
WORKERS 4% is marginal worker and 48% are non-
48%
workers.
MAIN
48%
MARGINAL
4%
Figure 2.9:Distribution of workforce in Urban Areas in Anekal LPA

Source: Bengaluru Urban District at a Glance 2010 -2011
DISTRIBUTION OF WORKERS IN RURAL AREAS
In rural areas, 36% of the total population is

Workforce distribution in rural areas of
Anekal LPA main workers, 8% is marginal workers and 56%
are non-workers.
MAIN
36%
Figure 2.10: Distribution of workforce in rural areas of
NON- Anekal LPA
WORKERS
56% Source: Bengaluru Urban District at a Glance 2010 -
2011
MARGINAL
8%
GENDERWISE DISTRIBUTION OF WORKFORCE IN URBAN AREAS: ANEKAL TMC
The figure shows the gender wise distribution of workforce in Anekal TMC.
Gender wise distribution of Workforce in Anekal TMC

12000
10000
8000
PERSONS
6000
4000
2000
0
MAIN MARGINAL NON-WORKERS
MALE 9706 804 4,180
FEMALE 2,341 283 7,797
Figure 2.11: Gender wise distribution of workforce in each category

WORKFORCE DISTRIBUTION BY ECONOMIC ACTIVITY: ANEKALTaluk
Worker distribution in Economic Activities

The figure shows the distribution of
workers according to economic activity. It
AGRICULTURA
CULTIVATORS L LABOURERS
22% 9% can be seen that 22% of the workers are
cultivators, 9% are agricultural labourers,
OTHER
WORKERS
3% are household industry workers
66%
whereas 65% are engaged in secondary
and tertiary sectors.
HOUSEHOLD
INDUSTRY
WORKERS
3%
Figure 2.12:Workfor ce distribution in Economic Activities in Anekal Taluk
WORKFORCE DISTRIBUTION BY ECONOMIC ACTIVITY: ANEKAL TMC
Worker distribution in Economic Activities

The distribution of workforce in
: Anekal TMC
AGRICULTURAL Anekal TMC shows that 24% of the
LABOURERS
1% totals are cultivators, 1% is
CULTIVATORS
24% household industry workers and
HOUSEHOLD
INDUSTRY 1% is agricultural labourers. 74% of
WORKERS
1%
OTHER the total workers are working in
WORKERS
74% secondary and tertiary sectors.
Figure 2.13:Workforce distribution in Economic Activities in Anekal TMC
OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE
PRIMARY SECTOR
PRINCIPAL CROPS
Paddy, maize and ragi are the principal crops in the LPA. Tur, horse gram, Black gram, avare, cow
pea are the pulses that are cultivated. Groundnut, castor, niger seed are the major oil seeds.
LAND UTILISATION IN ANEKAL TALUK
Land Utilisation in AnekalTaluk

Land utilisation data show that net sown
Forest area
4% area is 9%, 4% is the forest area, 35% is
Net area
sown fallow land, 8% is other cultivable land where
9%
as 44% of the land is not available for
Land not
Fallow land available for
cultivation
cultivation.
35%
44%
Other
uncultivable
land
8%
Figure 2.14:Land Utilization in Anekal
SERICULTURE
Sericulture forms an important activity in the BMR. The following is a statistics of the sericulture
activity in the LPA.
Table 2.5: Sericulture statistics of Anekal Taluk
Anekal Taluk Sericulture
Area Under Mulberry (Ha) 510
Cocoon Production (in tons) 343
No.of villages engaged on mulberry 101
Scheduled caste 44
Scheduled Tribe 2
Others 617
Total 654
Value of silk Produced (Rs in lakhs) 667.25
Cocoon Markets 2
SECONDARY SECTOR
INDUSTRIES
The Taluk has a well-developed and wide industrial base with presence of small, medium & large
industrial units. Skilled workforce is available in the Taluk. Adequate telecommunication and
transport network has also developed in tune with the rising demand. All these have facilitated the
industrial development in the region. Bangalore is among the top ranking Districts, as far as industrial
activities are concerned. It ranks among the top in the Country and first in the State, in terms of
number of industrial units, investment and employment. Bangalore has been known for industrial
harmony with minimal industrial disputes. In the recent times the workforce has imbibed an
international work culture. It has a cosmopolitan outlook.
DISTRIBUTION OF UNITS & WORKERS IN INDUSTRIAL SECTOR
100000 92140
NO OF UNITS NO OF WORKERS
80000
60000 20065 38241
28475
40000 1305
4054
20000
24
0 12
57
GARMENTS 400
TEXTILES 501
CHEMICAL 930
ENGINEERING
OTHERS
Figure 2.15:Distribution of Small scale industries in Anekal T0TAL
As on 31.03.2000, KIADB had developed industrial areas at five locations viz. Attibele,
Bommasandra, Jigani, Electronic City and Veerasandra. As on 31.03.2006, KIADB has acquired
lands at Jigani-Bommsandra Link Road and Yarandhalli. All the industrial land has been allotted to
industrial units and there is no availability of industrial land for allotment.
 Attibele Industrial Area is situated about 35 km from Bangalore city. The layout was approved in
the year 1981. 250 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area and the same
was developed in full. It has 6.95 kms of asphalted road, 18 MW power and 5.65 lakh liters of
water availability per day through bore well. KIADB has allotted land to 141 industrial units in the
industrial area to an extent of 225 acres.
 Bommasandra Industrial Area is situated about 30 km from Bangalore city. The layout was
approved in the year 1977. 903.52 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area
and the same was developed in full. It has 20 km of asphalted road, 32 MW power and 5.50 lakh
liters of water availability per day through bore well. KIADB has allotted land to 545 industrial
units in the industrial area to an extent of 774 acres.
 Bommasandra 4th Phase is situated about 33 km from Bangalore city. The layout was approved in
the year 1998. 214.36 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area and the same
was developed in full. It has 5.97 km of asphalted road, 25 MW power and 2.50 lakh liters of
water availability per day through bore well. KIADB has allotted land to 110 industrial units in the
industrial area to an extent of 155.50 acres.
 Jigani Bommasandra Link Road is situated about 35 km from Bangalore city. The layout was
approved in the year 2003. 712 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area and
the 712 acres was developed. It has 11 km of asphalted road and 3 kms. WBM road. KIADB has
allotted land to 190 industrial units in the industrial area to an extent of 625 acres.
 Jigani is situated about 38 km from Bangalore city. The layout was approved in the year 1981.
648 acres of land was acquired for developing the industrial area and the same was developed in
full. It has 15.50 km of asphalted road, 37.50 MW power and 13.75 lakh liters of water availability
per day through bore well. KIADB has allotted land to 352 industrial units in the industrial area to
an extent of 560 acres.
 Veerasandra is situated about 28 km from Bangalore city. 109.21 acres of land was acquired for
developing the industrial area and the same was developed in full. It has 2.30 km of asphalted
road, 7 MW power and 1.80 lakh liters of water availability per day through bore well. KIADB has
allotted land to 73 industrial units in the industrial area to an extent of 95.91 acres.
Electronic city 2nd phase is situated about 25 km from Bangalore city. 307.17 acres of land was
acquired for developing the industrial area and the same was developed in full. It has 11 km of
asphalted road and 7 MW power. KIADB has allotted land to 36 industrial units in the industrial area
to an extent of 278.50 acres.
INCENTIVES FOR INDUSTRIES IN ANEKAL
I. EXEMPTIONS AS PER INDUSTRIAL POLICY 2009-14
Anekal Taluk is classified as an Industrially Developed Taluk by the Nanjundappa Committee and
comes under Zone 4 in the Industrial Policy 2009-14 of Karnataka. The following are the reliefs and
incentives that can be availed by the industries as per the State Industrial policy.
1. Incentives for Exported Oriented Enterprises
MSME, Large and Mega Projects
(i) Exemption from payment of ET
For 100% EOUs, 100% exemption from payment of ET on ‘Plant & Machinery and Capital Goods’ for
an initial period of 3 years from the date of commencement of project implementation irrespective of
zones.
For other EOUs, (Minimum Export obligation of 25%of their total turnover) 500% exemption from
payment of ET on raw materials, inputs, component parts & consumables (excluding petroleum
products) for an initial period of 3 years from the date of commencement of commercial production
(ii) Refund of Certification Charges:

Refund of expenses incurred for compulsory marking like Conformity Europeenne (CE), China
Compulsory Certificate (CCC), etc., to the extent of 50% of expenses subject to a maximum of Rs.
2.00 lakhs per unit for both 100% and other EOUs in all zones.
2. Subsidy for setting up ETPs
MSME, Large and Mega Projects

One time capital subsidy upto 50% of the cost of Effluent Treatment Plants (ETPs), subject to a
ceiling of Rs.50 lakhs per manufacturing enterprise.
3. Water harvesting / Conservation Measures

Small & Medium Mfg. enterprises
(i) Rain water harvesting: 50% of cost (max. Rs. 1 lakh)

(ii) Waste water recycling: 50% of cost (max. Rs. 5 lakh)
(ii) Zero discharge process: 50% of cost (max. Rs. 5 lakh)
4. Energy Conservation
Small & Medium mfg. enterprises
Practicing Energy Conservation measures resulting in reduction of Energy Consumption of atleast

10% of earlier consumption: 10% of capital cost (max Rs.5 lakh). Use of non-conventional energy
sources: 10% of capital cost (max. Rs.5 lakh)
5. Addl. Incentives to the enterprises following Reservation Policy of the State

Medium, Large and Mega Manufacturing Enterprises: in all zones employing more than 100 persons :
50% reimbursement of expenditure incurred for employees coming under reserved category towards
contribution to ESI&EPF schemes for a period of initial 5 years.
List of Service Enterprises eligible for package of Incentives and Concession
1 Logistics facilities supporting to industries only (Defined Separately)

2 Material Testing Centre
3 R & D Centres
4 Technical testing and analysis servicing
5 Maintenance and repair of equipment
6 Packaging services
7 Refuse disposal services
8 Tailoring
9 Flour mills
10 Printing
11 General engineering, fabrication, motor winding, automobile servicing and repairs, electro
plating, industrial paintings, etc., engaged in job work
12 Weigh bridges and health care facility set up within the KIADB / KSSIDC industrial areas
State Level Co-ordination Committee is empowered to add / delete service activities listed in
this Annexe.
II. EXEMPTIONS AS PER STATE SEZ POLICY
1.Exemption of Sales Tax, VAT, Entry Tax and Special Entry Tax on all purchases (excluding
petroleum products) from DTA.
Exemption of Sales Tax, VAT, Entry Tax and Special Entry Tax on all purchases (excluding
petroleum products) from DTA. Exemption of Sales Tax, VAT, Entry Tax, and Special Entry Tax on all
purchases (excluding petroleum products) from DTA is available for SEZ Developers/Co-developers
and Units as below:
(a) For SEZ developers and Co-developers:

All purchases excluding purchase of petroleum products from domestic tariff area for authorized
operations of entire area in SEZs shall be exempted from State and local body taxes or levies or cess
such as Sales Tax, VAT, Entry Tax, Special Entry Tax. This exemption will not be available for the
goods sold in the domestic tariff area with or without value addition.
(b) For SEZ Units:

All purchases excluding purchase of petroleum products by SEZ units located in the processing areas
from domestic tariff area or SEZ area for its set up, operation or maintenance or for use in
manufacture, trading, production, processing, assembling, repairing, reconditioning, re-engineering or
packing shall be exempted from State and local body taxes or levies or cess such as Sales Tax, VAT,
Entry Tax and special Entry Tax. This exemption will not be available for the goods sold in the
domestic tariff area with or without value addition, if sold, applicable State taxes are levied.
2. Exemption of Electricity Duty or Taxes

Exemption of Electricity Duty or Taxes on sale, of self -generated or purchased electric power for use
in the processing area of SEZ is available for SEZ Developer, Co-developer and Units as below:
a) For Developers and Co-developers
Exemption of Electricity Duty or Taxes on sale, of self-generated or purchased electric power for use
in the processing area of SEZ.
b)ForSEZ Units
Exemption of Electricity Duty or Taxes on sale, of self-generated or purchased electric power for use
in the processing area of SEZ.
3.Capital subsidy to Common Effluent Treatment Plant:

One time Capital subsidy up to 50% of the cost incurred by the Developer/ Co-developer for setting
up of Common Effluent Treatment Plant is available subject to a ceiling of Rs.100.00 lakhs per
CETP/SEZ.
Other incentives as per OTHER INDUSTRIAL POLICIES
The Millennium IT Policy 2000
The Millennium Biotech Policy 2000
The Millennium BPO Policy 2002
Karnataka Tourism Policy 2002-07
Karnataka Grape Processing and Wine Policy - 2007
Infrastructure Policy - 2007
Suvarna Vastra Niti 2008-13
Karnataka State Mineral Policy 2008
EMPLOYMENT PROGRAMMES
The following is a list of employment programmes that are currently inaction in the LPA.
Table 2.6: Details of MGNREGAScheme

Mahatma Gandhi national Rural
SGSY Employment Gurrantee Scheme (
MGNREGA)
No of people in employment
TOTAL Women groups men women TOTAL
program
Anekal Taluk 26 26 49416 39142 88828
Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act
The Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act aims at enhancing the livelihood
security of people in rural areas by guaranteeing hundred days of wage-employment in a financial
year to a rural household whose adult members volunteer to do unskilled manual work 8. The table
below shows a list of benefitted people under MGNREGA.
Table 2.7: No of people benefitted by MGNREGA

Mahatma Gandhi national Rural Employment Gurrantee Scheme (MGNREGA)
No of people in NO OF PERSONALS NO.OFFAMILLIESAVALLING

HOUSE HOLD DEMANDED
employment JOB CARDS HOUSE HOLDS 100 DAYS OF
EMPLOYMENT
program WORKED EMPLOYEMENT
Anekal Taluk 28045 1809 1792 34
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
The graph below shows the data for financial institutions in Anekal Taluk. It can be seen that there
are 28 nationalised banks, 3 Grameen banks and 2 DCC banks. There also exists 13 agricultural
credit cooperative societies, 230 non-agricultural credit societies and 154 non credit cooperatives.
Financial Institutions in Anekal taluk

250
200
150
Units
100
50
0
Credit co Credit co
Non credit co
Nationalised Grameen KSCARD operative operative
DCC Banks operative
banks banks Banks societies societies non
societies
agricultural agricultural
Anekal taluk 28 3 2 0 13 230 154
Figure 2.16:Financial Institutions in Anekal Taluk
8
MGNREGA website
OPPORTUNITIES FOR ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
 The Taluk has a potential for the promotion of about 6,900 tiny & SSI units including service
enterprises, 330 medium & large industrial units and 44 mega projects
 The Taluk offers investment opportunity in IT &ITES, food processing, engineering, tourism and
service segments besides new and innovative projects.
 The Taluk offers the following investment opportunities:
Infrastructural projects in the industrial, commercial and socio-economic sectors – IT Park, IT

SEZ, shopping malls, entertainment centres, food court, eateries, health care (hospitals, nursing
homes, day-care centres, physio-therapy, diagnostic laboratories, etc.).
Service sector viz., organised retailing (FMCG, consumer non-durables, cold chain, consumer
durables, apparels, footwear, automobile, jewellery, etc.).
Building construction activity resulting in good opportunities for providing a variety of services
(preparation of various designs and drawings based on green construction technology, obtaining
approvals, earth work and excavation, pest control, masonry, bar bending, hiring of centering
materials, electrical, ready mix concrete, joinery, plumbing, laying and polishing – granite / marble
/ mosaic, ceramic tiles, water-proofing, aluminium fabrication / installation, ornamental finishing
with POP, painting, wood polishing, landscaping, interior decoration, etc.).
Transport, health care, training, education, financial services.
Other potential segments under the service sector include janitorial / housekeeping services, pest
control, payment of bills, catering, dietary catering, ambulance services, medical attendant
services, contractual nursing, etc.
Tourism - hotel, recreation clubs, golf course, resorts, food courts, gymnasium, nature / yoga
therapy, massaging, water sports, adventure tourism, eco-tourism, life style tourism, health care
tourism, packaged tour operators, guides, GIS kiosks, transport operators, travel consultants, etc.
Consultancy on environmental management, carbon trading, statutory compliance, safety, energy

management, business process reengineering, mergers & acquisitions, tax planning, brand
building, marketing, advertising, human resource development, etc.
Business related services such as event management, convention hall, security, transport,
catering, housekeeping, repairs and maintenance of office equipment, hiring of office equipment,
refurbishing of printer ribbons/ cartridges, etc.
Animation / multi-media and related services for entertainment and advertisement industry.
Rehabilitation of closed / sick industrial units in the shortest possible time period in order to
reduce the NPA and utilise the unproductive assets.
Scope for technological up gradation in traditional industrial units.
Scope for commercial exploitation of bio-technology.
ISSUES
Agriculture is the primary activity in the LPA and the yield is high, but in order to induce
population industrial base has to be created. Care has to be taken in the process to conserve
precious agricultural land.
Power infrastructure in the LPA needs to be augmented.
There is no perennial water source in the LPA. Ground water sources are depleting fast -
hence water availability is a major constraint of development.
Industrial Atlas needs to be consulted for locating the industries since habitation is scattered
in the entire LPA.
3 HERITAGE AND TOURISM
There are many temples in the town and of these the

Chennakeshava temple is said to be the oldest and a
shrine dedicated to Ramanujacharya in the complex.
The other oldest temple is that of
AmritsMallikarjuna,having a lamp pillar of about 30-
feet high.
Muthyalamadu "the valley of pearls" is a fine picnic

spot at a distance of five km from Anekal, visit
during July–September is recommended. The
fascinating scene of water falls from a height of
about 280 feet is the main attraction there. The
trickling drops of water appear like pearls in bright
sunshine. The area abounds in natural beauty. At
the bottom, overlooking the falls, is a small shine
Kali-vishveshvara temple, dedicated to Lord
Shiva.
There are temples dedicated

to Dharamaraya,
Chowdeshwari,Gangamma,K
alikamba,Nagareshvara,Kan
nikaparameshwariand
Kodandarama.Four Anjaneya
temples are located at the
four entrance of the town.
Other tourist attractions:
1. KambadaGanesha temple is well known for its monolithic statue of Lord Ganesha.
2. AmruthaMallikarjuna and Bhramarambika temple is one of the many historical temples.
3. Chennakeshava temple is believed to have been built by Arjuna, (mahabharatha)
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 3 | Housing and Urban Poor
CHAPTER 3
HOUSING AND URBAN POOR
3.1 HOUSING
INTRODUCTION
Providing housing is not limited to provision of a built structure. The Karnataka Housing and Habitat
policy, 2009 therefore advocates a „Habitat‟ approach to housing, which translates into access to
basic services such as water, sanitation, clean fuel, electricity, healthcare, education and livelihood.
Hence the aspects of water supply, sanitation and waste disposal should be taken into account
during spatial planning of residential areas.
RESIDENTIAL LANDUSE IN ANEKAL LPA
The area under residential land use in the major settlements in the Anekal LPA is shown in the table
below. The total area under residential Landuse in Anekal LPA is 2789 Ha which is approximately
53% of the total developed area and 6.9% of the total LPA area
Table 3.1: Existing Residential Area in Anekal LPA
Area Area under Residential land use (Ha) Percentage of total LPA area
Anekal 2789 6.9%
HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS
HOUSEHOLD SIZE HOUSEHOLD SIZE DISTRIBUTION BANGALORE

DISTRICT
2%
It can be seen from the figure that the average 5%
13% 13% 1 member
household size in the district is 4, represented 2 member
16%
by 30% of the total households. There are 21%
3 member
4 member
about 21% of 3 members, 6-8 member and 5
5 member
member households and 13% and 16% 30%
6-8 member
respectively and 13% 2 member households. 9+ members
Fig 3.1: Household size in Bangalore Urban District

Source: Census 2011
NUMBER OF HABITABLE ROOMS
The figure below shows the

BANGALORE DISTRICT
distribution of houses by no
of habitable rooms. It can be
2% 2%
seen that 33% of the houses
6% 7%
No exclusive room have one habitable room,
18% One room
33%
32% of the houses have two
Two room
habitable rooms and 18% of
Three room
Four room the houses have three
32% Five room habitable rooms.
Six rooms and above
Fig 3.2: No of habitab le rooms
per dwelling unit, Bangalore
Urban district
Source: census 2011
FLOOR MATERIAL
The figure shows that

BANGALORE DISTRICT 42% of the houses in the
2% 0% 1% district have cement as
1% 0%
the floor material while
54% of the houses have
Mud
mosaic as the floor
Wood/bamboo
42% material. The rest is
Burnt stick
54% constituted by mud,
Stone
Cement wood, burnt stick and
Mosaic floor tiles
stone.
Others
Fig 3.3: Floor material of
dwelling unit, Bangalore
Urban district
Source: census 2011
WALL MATERIAL
BANGALORE DISTRICT The distribution of houses

by wall material show that
1% Grass/Thatch
0%
0%
54% of the houses have
0% Plastic/Polythene
4%
burnt bricks as the wall
20% Mud/Unburnt brinks
20% material, while 20% of the
Wood
1% houses have either
Stone concrete or stone as the
G.I. sheets/metal/asbestos material
54% sheets
Burnt bricks Fig 3.4: Wall material of
dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban
Concrete
district
Others Source: census 2011
ROOF MATERIAL
The graph shows that 68%

BANGALORE DISTRICT
of the houses have
1%
1% Grass/Thatch concrete as the roofing
0% 1%
3% 4% material, 22% of the
Plastic/Polythene
houses have GI sheets
Tiles
while 4% of the houses
22%
Brick have stone/shale as the
material of the roof. The
68% Stone/slate
rest of the houses have tile,
G.I. sheets/metal/asbestos plastic, brick or thatch as
sheets
Concrete
the roofing material.
Others
Fig 3.5: Roof material of
dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban
district
Source: census 2011
AVAILABILITY OF FACILITIES
The figure below shows the distribution of houses by availability of facilities. It can be seen that
96.2% of the houses have bathroom facilities 77.1% of the houses have closed drainage and 96.3%
of the houses have kitchen available in the premises.
BANGALORE DISTRICT
120
100
no of households
80
60
40
20
0
Bathroom cooking
no closed open no kitchen cooking in
Bathroom enclosure inside no cooking
bathroom drainage drainage drainage available open
without roof house
BANGALORE DISTRICT 96.2 1.8 2 77.1 18.2 4.7 96.3 2.3 0.7 0.7
Fig 3.6: Available facilities in dwelling unit, Bangalore Urban district
ORGANISATIONAL SETUP
The principal housing supplier in Karnataka is the Department of Housing which consists of three
departments through which the various schemes are implemented. The table below shows the
institutional setup in the housing sector.
Table3.2: Organizational setup in the housing sector

Source: www.housing.kar.nic.in
Departments Housing Schemes
Rural Ashraya Housing Scheme including Navagrama

Housing Scheme and the Pilot scheme of GPHP.
Urban Ashraya Housing Scheme.
Department of Housing, Rajiv Gandhi Rural Housing Rural and Urban Ashraya Sites Schemes
Govt. of Karnataka Corporation Ltd (RGRHCL) Dr.Ambedkar Housing Scheme
Neralina Bhagya
Housing for Special occupational groups
Gram Panchayat Housing scheme
Navagrama Housing Scheme
“Hundred Housing Schemes” programme

Karnataka Housing Board (KHB)
Chief Minister‟s Model town Housing programme
Slum Improvement
Karnataka Slum Development Site and Services programme
Board (KSDB) NirmalaJyothi Scheme
ValmikiAmbedkarAwas Yojna
HOUSING SCHEMES IN ANEKAL LPA
ASHRAYA SITES SCHEME AND ASHRAYA HOUSING SCHEME
The Ashraya scheme is a housing scheme introduced by the Govt. of Karnataka to aid people in
economically weaker section, in both urban and rural areas to avail improved housing through
financial assistance in the form of loans and subsidies. The maximum value for financial assistance
including both loan and subsidy is 20,000 in rural areas and 25,000 in urban areas. Under the
Ashraya rural housing sites scheme free house sites may be distributed to the houseless
beneficiaries of the EWS in rural areas. The tables below shows a list of housing sites allotted and
houses constructed under Ashraya scheme in Anekal Taluk.
Table3.3: Housing sites allotted under Ashraya Scheme till 2011

Anekal Taluk Scheduled Scheduled Others Total
Caste Tribe
Sites allotted 766 3 716 1485
Source:
Table3.4: Houses constructed under Ashraya Scheme till 2011

Anekal Taluk Scheduled Scheduled Others Total
Caste Tribe
Houses Constructed Under Ashraya 1902 192 2010 4104
Scheme (2010-11)
Source: District Book
INDIRA AWAS YOJANA
Indira Awaas Yojana (IAY) is a flagship scheme of the Ministry of Rural Development to provide
houses to the poor in the rural areas. The objective of the Indira Awaas Yojana is primarily to help
construction/up gradation of dwelling units of members of Scheduled Castes/Scheduled Tribes, freed
bonded labourers, minorities in the below poverty line category and other below poverty line non-
SC/ST rural households by providing them a lump sum financial assistance.
Table3.5: Houses constructed under IAY in 2010-2011

Source: district book
Anekal Taluk Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe Others Total
Houses constructed under 952 59 543 1644

IAY in Anekal Taluk
DR. B.R.AMBEDKAR SCHEME
Ambedkar Housing scheme is an initiative for providing housing to the economically weaker section
and the scheduled castes and scheduled tribes in rural areas. Under this scheme a maximum
financial assistance of 20,000 may be provided for construction of houses.
Table3.6: Houses constructed under special scheme in 2010 -2011

Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe Total
Houses Constructed Under 647 50 697

B.R.Ambedkar Scheme
SPECIAL HOUSING SCHEME FOR FISHERMEN
Houses have also been constructed under ‘Special Housing Scheme for Fishermen’ in the LPA. A
total of 4 units have been constructed according to government data, hence it can be assumed that
the impact of the scheme in the LPA is considerably low.
Table 3.7: Houses constructed under special scheme in 2010 -2011

Anekal Taluk Scheduled Caste Others Total
Houses Constructed Under Special 29 6 35

Scheme For Fishermen
3.2 HOUSING SHORTAGE
The total no of census houses in Bangalore district is 32,67,960 out of which 3,62,727 are vacant and
29,05,233 are occupied. The total population of Bangalore district is 9,588,910 1 . The number of
households in the district is 23,77,0562. It can be seen that housing shortage does not exist in terms
of number of houses; however, condition of dwelling units is unaccounted for. Hence housing
shortage cannot be arrived at.
3.3 SLUMS
There are 9 slums within Anekal TMC limits out of which are declared with a population of 9306.
Presence of slums are predominately noted in 20, 21, 22 and 23 wards in the southern part of city
around Chikkere lake bed area and alongside Hosur road towards Tamil Nadu and Attibele-Hosur
road towards Bangalore. Majority of Poor citizens of Anekal are SC/ST (60%) and illiterate (46%).
Large numbers of slum population (74%) are daily wagers with a maximum family income in the
range of just Rs. 1500- 2500. The provision of community toilets, community bathrooms and
community taps are considered for the slum areas.
Table 3.8:Slums in Anekal TMC

Sl. No. Slum Name Slum Type Ward No. Slum House Holds Actual House
(PART -B) Holds
1. Bahadurpura Non-Notified 20 70 243
2. Bahadurpura Non-Notified 23 242 125
3. Narayanapura Non-Notified 22 269 315
4. Venkateshwara Colony Non-Notified 8 387 143
1
Census 2011, source – census2011.co.in
2
Assuming a household size of 4.6 for Karnataka according to National Health Survey 2007
5. Indiranagar Non-Notified 5 89 135
6. Ayodyanagar Non-Notified 20 144 150
7. A.D. Colony Notified 12 292 73
8. Sweeper Colony Notified 4 259 87
9. A.K. Colony Notified 17 300 200
ISSUES
1. Upgradation of housing stock: Condition of dwelling units is of poor quality in many areas of
the LPA. Proposals should be derived to upgrade these units so that they could be upgraded
into the housing stock.
2. Increasing housing stock: Housing stock should be increased to cater to the increased
housing demand in future.
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 4 | Existing landuse and Transportation
CHAPTER 4
EXISTING LANDUSE AND TRANSPORTATION
4.1 EXISTING LANDUSE
EXISTING LAND UTILISATION IN THE LPA
The Basemap and the Exiting Landuse map of the LPA were prepared by RoltaIndia. The maps were
scrutinised by KSRAC and submitted to the BMRDA in 2012. The land utilisation of the LPA shows
that the total built up/developed area in the LPA is 7013.18 Ha, forming 17.43% of the total LPA area.
Agriculture is 70.68% of the total area. Forest land cover is 5.36 % of the total land in the LPA. The
table below shows the land utilisation pattern in the LPA.
Table 4.1: Land utilisation in the LPA
CATEGORY AREA(HA) PERCENTAGE
DEVELOPED AREA (including Gramthana and Village pockets) 7013.18 17.43%
AGRICULTURE 28436.08 70.68%
WATER BODIES 2326.32 5.78%
FOREST 2156.10 5.36%
HILLOCK'S/QUARRY'S 298.35 0.74%
TOTAL 40230.03 100.00%
Table 4.2: Existing Landuse in the LPA.

AREA
LANDUSE PERCENTAGE
(IN HECTARES)
RESIDENTIAL 2944.23 41.98%

COMMERCIAL 93.62 1.33%
INDUSTRIAL 1482.36 21.14%
PUBLIC & SEMI PUBLIC 174.66 2.49%
PARK & OPEN SPACE 183.10 2.61%
PUBLIC UTILITY 9.88 0.14%
TRANSPORTATION 1928.72 27.50%
VACANT 196.61 2.80%
SUB TOTAL 7013.18 100.00%
AGRICULTURE 28436.08 -
WATER BODIES 2326.32 -
FOREST 2156.10 -
HILLOCK'S/QUARRY'S 298.35 -
GRAND TOTAL 40230.03 -
The LPA has four important growth nodes – Anekal, Jigani–Bommasandra, Attibele- Chandapura and
Sarjapura. Likewise four planning districts have been constituted – Anekal, Attibele, Jigani and
Sarjapura. The details of present development and potential in the nodes are described hereafter.
EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION: ANEKAL PLANNING DISTRICT
The total area in the Anekal Planning District is 14958.87. It is located on the southern portion of the
LPA. State Highways 35 and 86 forms the major transport network in the area. Anekal town is the
Taluk headquarter of Anekal Taluk. The major activity in the Anekal area is mainly residential, with
commercial activity along the State Highways and the MDR passing through the town. Public and
Semi Public activities area seen in the core town area to complement the requirement of its TMC and
Taluk headquarter status.Thedetails of the landuse distribution in Anekal are given in the table below.
Table 4.3: Existing Landuse distribution in Anekal PD
LANDUSE AREA PERCENTAGE
(IN HECTARES)

VACANT 19.25 0.98%
SUBTOTAL 1967.20 100.00%
FOREST 1308.28 -
Agriculture forms a major part of the total area and total developed area is 1967.20 Ha. Industries
comprise of 11.68% whereas commercial activities take up 1.23% of the developed area.1308.28Ha
of the area is under forests and 693.47 Ha of water bodies are present. DoddaKere and ChikkaKere
are important water bodies in the area.
EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION: ATTIBELE (Attibele and Chandapura Corridor)
The total area in the Attibele Planning District is 9293 ha. The NH 7- the major arterial road,
connecting Bangalore and Hosur, is one of the fastest growing corridors of the LPA and has seen
rapid changes in the last five years. There is a world class healthcare hub at Chandapura that attract
people from all over the BMR. The area is in immediate vicinity of the Electronic city and has a lot of
service based industries along the corridor. The corridor will be accessible by the metro rail in near
future which would increase its potential for development. Transit Oriented Development is
encouraged in the corridor. The area is the future of service industries and residential requirement of
the LPA as well as the surrounding areas.
The details of landuse distribution in Attibele are given in the table below.
Table 4.4: Existing Landuse distribution in Attibele P D
(IN HECTARES)
VACANT 18.04 1.08%
TOTAL 1674.92 100.00%

FOREST 0 -
Agriculture forms 74.57% of the total area, total built up area is 18.02%. Industrial and Commercial
activities form 19.67% and 1.97% of the developed area of the planning district. There is 45.33%
residential landuse in the developed area. There are no forests or quarries.
EXISTING LANDUSE DISTRIBUTION: JIGANI PLANNING DISTRICT (Jigani-

Bommasandra Industrial Area)
The total area in the Jigani Planning District is 9825.96 Ha. The area is located between the NH7 and
the SH 86.The Planning District is known for the KIADB industrial estate and other industrial units.
The area hosts some of the biggest industries in the region in the pharmaceutical and food
processing sector. Manufacturing, granite processing and service based industries are also present.
The area has a continuous boundary with the BMA, which amplifies its development potential. There
is a huge potential in the region for industrial development due to existing infrastructure.
The details of landuse distribution in Jigani are given in the table below
Table 4.5: Existing Landuse distribution in Jigani PD

(IN HECTARES)

VACANT 159.08 5.56%
TOTAL 2862.97 100.00%
FOREST 847.82 -
Agriculture forms 54.66% of the total area, total built up area is 29.13%.Industrial use forms30.26% of
the developed area whereas commercial use is 0.95% of developed area. 8.6 % of the total area is
under forests and 2 % of total under hillocks and quarries. Water bodies form 5.5% of the total area;
however parks and open space take up just 2.45% of developed area. Hence there is a lack of park
and open spaces in the Planning district.
EXISTING LAND USE DISTRIBUTION: SARJAPURA
The total area in the Sarjapura Planning District is 6152.21 Ha. It is located in the northern boundary
of the LPA. SH 35 and NH 207 form the major arterial road in the area. The Sarjapura area is the
second node in the LPA that would be supporting upcoming service based industries in the LPA. IT
SEZs have been proposed in the area. Present development in the area is however sparse. 85% of
the area is occupied by agricultural activities and only 8.25% of the total area is developed.
The details of landuse distribution in Sarjapura are given in the table below
Table 4.6: Existing Landuse distribution in Sarjapura
(IN HECTARES)
VACANT 0.24 0.05%
TOTAL 508.09 100.00%
FOREST 0 -
Residential use form 51.04% of the developed area. Commercial area forms 1.82% and industrial
area forms 11.18% of the developed area. 33.5% of the developed area is under transportation.
4.2 TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION
INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents the transportation scenario in Anekal Local Planning Area. Key issues like road
network and its characteristics, impact of enhanced regional connectivity due to formation of the
STRR, ITRR, its potentials and drawbacks have been discussed here. 27.5% of the developed area
in the LPA, which is 4.79% of the total area of the LPA, is devoted to transportation.
REGIONAL LINKAGE
ROAD LINKAGE
The Anekal LPA is well connected to the various urban centres of the region. It is connected to
Bangalore by NH7, which links Attibele to Hosur in the south and Bangalore in the North. State
Highway 35 links Sarjapur, Attibele and Anekal Town. Anekal Town is connected to Bangalore via
Bannerghatta National Park by State Highway 87. The other importance road linkages in the LPA are
the Chandapura Anekal Road, Anekal Harohalli Road and the Sarjapur Road. The proposed IRR
connects the LPA to Bangalore in the north while the proposedSTRR connects the LPA to the
Kanakapura in the west and Hoskote in the North East.
RAILWAY
Anekal Taluk is on the railway network. Broad gauge line (Bangalore – Kanyakumari route, 42 km.)
passes through the Taluk. Anekal Taluk has 3 railway stations. Nearest major railway station in the
Taluk is Bangalore city railway station (44 km from Anekal) about 20 kmfrom the border of Anekal
Taluk. The rail length is 7.85 km per 100 sqkm area.
SEA PORT
The Anekal Taluk is not on the map of seaports. The nearest seaport is Chennai in Tamil Nadu,
which is about 330 km. The nearest seaport in Karnataka is Mangalore, which is about 400 km from
Anekal. There is good rail link from Bangalore to Chennai. Further, operationalization of rail link from
Bangalore to Mangalore and availability of ICD (inland container depot) facility at Bangalore will
facilitate export trade. Both Chennai and Mangalore ports are all weather ports providing gateway for
export and import trade throughout the year.
AIRPORT
The nearest airport at present is the Bengaluru International Airport, Bangalore at a distance of about
90 km from Anekal
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM IN ANEKAL LPA
BUS TRANSPORT SERVICE
Attibele is 35km from Bangalore and 5km from Hosur on NH7. The towns of Bommasandra,
Hebbagodi and Electronic city area are well connected by BMTC buses from Bangalore and TNSTC
buses from Hosur. Many private buses from both the cities also ply on this route. There are three bus
depots in the LPA at Anekal, Jigani and Suryanagar Phase 1.
ROAD NETWORK AND ITS CHARACTERISTICS
The total area of the Anekal LPA is 402 sqkm. The area under transportation landuse is 4.79 % of the
total area. The table below gives a list of major road categories in the LPA.
Table 4.7: Major road network in Anekal Taluk

Sl ROAD CATEGORY ROAD LENGTH MAINTAINED BY
(km)
1 National Highway 26 PWD
2 State Highway 67.80 PWD
3 Major District Roads 105.37 PWD
4 Panchayat Roads 946.28 Panchayats
Source: PWD, Forest Dept

The following is an inventory of roads and their statistics in the LPA.
Table 4.8: Road inventory in Anekal Taluk

Sl Name of road Hierarchy RoW (ft)
1 NH 7 NH 150
2 NH 207 NH 100
3 SH 35 SH 55
4 SH 86 A SH 55
5 Anekal Harohalli Road Arterial 40
6 Bommasandra-Jigani Link Road Arterial 150
7 Chandapura-Dommasandra Road Arterial 60
8 Chandapura Anekal Road Arterial 100
9 Attibele-Rayakotal Road Sub-Arterial 60
ACCESSIBILITY
The World Bank report for Rural accessibility index says Rural access is measured in terms of no of
people within 2km (walking distance of 20-25 min) of an all-weather road as a percentage of the total
rural population. An “all-weather road” is a road that is accessible all year round by the prevailing
means of rural transport (typically a pick-up or a truck which does not have four-wheel-drive).
Occasional interruptions of short duration during inclement weather (e.g., heavy rainfall) are
accepted, particularly on lightly trafficked roads.
The total no. of habitations that have access to all weather roads in Anekal Taluk is 351, whereas the
total no of settlements is 426.
“The relationship between transport and poverty reduction is neither straightforward nor automatic.
However it is apparent that improvements in transport have the greatest impact on poor people when
made in concert with activities in other sectors. It is similarly apparent that development in other
sectors will be hampered without attention to transport issues.”
VEHICULAR GROWTH PATTERN
As per Anekal Taluk statistics 2010-2011, there are approximately 2,36,700 registered vehicles in
Anekal Taluk. The table below shows the vehicular statistics. The figure below shows the share of the
vehicle types in the Taluk.
VEHICULAR STATISTICS IN ANEKAL TALUK

CATEGORY
1.22% Goods Agricultured Vehicles
0.51%
0.88% 2.97% 1.92% 0.82% Goods vehicles trucks & loories
0.97% Goods Vehicles Four whellers
0.96%
0.63% Goods vehicle three wheelers
Stage Carriages
2.09%
Contract vehicles
2.83% Private Service
Educational Institutions vehicles
22.80% Other buses
MotorCabs
Maxi cabs
Other Cabs
Autorikshaws
Three seated vehicle
Four to six seated vehicle
Scooters
Mopeds
Motor cycles
Cars
Jeeps
Omni bus
Tractors
60.04% Traillers
Ambulance
vehicles carrying construction materials
others
Figure 4.1: Vehicular Statistics in Anekal Taluk
FREIGHT MOVEMENT
There exist major industrial areas in the LPA. KIADB industrial areas are present in Bommasandra
and Jigani, IT SEZ area in Sarjapur and Industries in the neighbouring areas of Hosur. As such there
is a major freight movement from Bangalore to the LPA and from the LPA to Tamil Nadu. Through
movement of traffic from Bangalore to Hosur also takes place. The major road that takes up majority
of the freight traffic is the NH7.
MAJOR ISSUES
1. Poor connectivity: There are pockets of land in the LPA where connectivity is poor due to poor
state of road or non-existence of roads.
2. High vehicular pressure on National Highway 207: The NH 207 connecting Bangalore to
Attibele and further to Hosur is one of the busiest roads in the LPA.
3. Non-existence of mass rapid transit (MRTS) in the LPA: Mass rapid Transport system should
be planned in the LPA along the busy corridor to address the movement of commuters from
the LPA to Bangalore as well as to Hosur.
4. Poor condition of roads: The condition of roads in many pockets is poor due to ill maintenance
and heavy traffic pressure.
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 5|Infrastructure
CHAPTER 5
INFRASTRUCTURE
5.1 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
WATER SUPPLY
Water supply is related to the main themes in the development agenda – poverty alleviation,
environment protection, private sector led growth, participatory development and good
governance. The growth process and the expansion of economic activities inevitably lead to
increasing demands for water for diverse purposes of which drinking and domestic needs
attains paramount importance. However this essential commodity for sustenance of life is not
adequately available to a large number of people especially in the rural areas and even in
parts of urban settlements. Domestic and industrial water needs have largely been
concentrated in and around principal cities but with steep population hike, demand for water
is increasing at a superfast pace. As a result water, which is already a scarce commodity, is
going to become a scarcer commodity in future.
Water quality deterioration has also set in and maintaining water quality is a foremost
requirement. It is one of the most crucial elements in planning. Efforts to develop, conserve,
utilize and manage this immensely important resource have to be whole heartedly made
keeping the National perspectives in view. AT the same time a strong database needs to be
prepared to monitor and integrate the water based activities like city planning, industrial
planning and development etc. Serious wastage of water, water loss in transmission,
wastage by public are also issues that need to be addressed
SITUATION APPRAISAL
The figure below shows the distribution of households in Anekal Taluk by the source of
drinking water. According to
AVAILABILITY OF DRINKING WATER SOURCE
census 2011, 80% of the
WELL – Tube well River, canal Tanks, pond,
uncovered
Handpump
Spring Lake households are supplied by tap
Any other
WELL-
covered
source water and 16% by tube wells.
Tap- From
Untreated Smaller number of households is
source
supplied by wells (0.7%), hand
Tap-From pumps (1.6%) and spring water

Treated
Source (0.1%).
.
Figure 5.1: Distribution of households by availability of drinking water source

Source: HH series data, census 2011
AVAILABILITY OF DRINKING WATER It can also be seen from the figure

SOURCE
above that only 49% of the households
WITHIN THE PREMISES NEAR THE PREMISES AWAY
have a drinking water source in the
house premises. Majority of the
13%
38% households (38%) avail drinking water
from a source near premises, while
13% of the households avail water from
49%
a source away from premises.
Hence there is a reasonable coverage

of piped water supply.
Figure 5.2: Distribution of households by location of drinking water source

Source: HH series data, census 2011
WATER SUPPLY
Ground water is the source of drinking water in the LPA. Present water supply system in
Anekal TMC which draws water from bore wells (design capacity of 3.6 MLD) was planned in
2003 by KUWSSB at the cost of Rs. 333.84 lakhs funded by HUDCO grants. Potable water
abstracted from 25 bore wells for supply to Anekal TMC is only 1.2 MLD. There is no
perennial source of water, so water is a scarce resource.
Table 5.1: Water supply source for Anekal TMC

SL SOURCE OF WATER YEILD
1 Ground Water Source 1.29 MLD
Source: CIP for Anekal TMC, 2007
There is a proposal for water supply by the housing board of 3 MlD from Shimsha River to
supplement the water supply in the LPA for the housing board developed areas as well as
other areas.
WATER SUPPLY DEMAND NORMS PRESCRIBED BY CPHEEO
The per capita domestic requirements as per norms prescribed by Central Public Health and
Environmental Engineering Organization (CPHEEO), Ministry of Urban Development, and
Govt. of India are as under:
Table 5.2: Water Supply standards CPH EEO

NORMS FOR W/S
SL CATEGORY (LITRES PER
CAPITA PER DAY)
1 Towns provided with piped supply but without sewerage system 70
2 Cities provided with piped supply for which sewerage system is existing/ contemplated 135
Metropolitan and Mega cities provided with piped water supply where sewerage system is
3 150
existing / contemplated
DOMESTIC WATER DEMAND IN ANEKAL LPA
The water demand in the Anekal LPA has been calculated as follows:
Table 8.3: Present Domestic water requirement in Anekal LPA
SL AREA POPULATION PER CAPITA WATER WATER DEMAND
CONSUMPTION PER (MLD)
DAY (litres)
1 Anekal TMC 45000 135 6.05
2 Rest of LPA 310507 551 17.07
TOTAL 23.12
The domestic water requirement of the Anekal TMC @ 135 lpcd is calculated to be 6.05
million litres per day, while that of the villages is 17.07 million litres per day.
SUPPLY AND STORAGE OF WATER
Anekal TMC has a storage capacity of 2.6 MLD, comprising of 4 OHTs and 4 Sumps which
supplies water to all the 23 wards. The length of distribution mains system is 145 kms. The
existing network covers 80 percent of TMC area. Out of 6187 properties (2006-07) 51
percent have domestic water connections
GAP IN DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY: ANEKAL TMC
The present supply of water in Anekal town is 2.35 MLD while the present demand
calculated according to CPHEEO norms is 6.08 MLD. As such there is a deficit in supply.
The projected demand of water in 2031 is 10.95 MLD computing only domestic needs.
1
CPHEEO norms
WATER SUPPLY GAP IN ANEKAL TMC

12
Water Supply in MLD
10
8
6
4
2
0
2011 2031
DEMAND 6.08 10.95
SUPPLY 2.35 2.35
Figure 5.3: Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal TMC
GAP IN DOMESTIC WATER SUPPLY: ANEKAL LPA
The present supply of water in Anekal LPA is 1.29 MLD while the present demand calculated
according to CPHEEO norms is 23.15 MLD. As such there is a deficit in supply. The
projected demand of water in 2031 is 212 MLD computing fordomesticneeds.
WATER SUPPLY GAP IN ANEKAL LPA

250.00
Water Supply in MLD
200.00
150.00
100.00
50.00
0.00
2011 2031
DEMAND 47.99 212.00
SUPPLY 2.35 2.35
Figure5.4:Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal LPA
INDUSTRIAL WATER DEMAND
8000 Ha of industrial area have been proposed in the Landuse Plan of the LPA. According to
the Industrial Perspective Plan, 6956 Tiny and SSI Units have been proposed and 337 Large
and Medium Industries and 44 mega projects have been planned. The water requirement is
calculated to be 68 MLD for the industrial area.
WATER QUALITY
With increasing industrialization, urbanization and deforestation, the quality of water

resources available to mankind is deteriorating day by day. The supply of drinking water in
terms of both quality and quantity is a major concern now. Out of many chemical and
biological contaminants in drinking water, excess Fluoride and arsenic are of the utmost
concern due to their serious health impacts. The study conducted by Rajiv Gandhi National
Drinking Water Mission during 1990-1992 has reported 15 States (including Karnataka)
endemic for the Fluorosis. Therefore, effective surveillance and monitoring of water quality
becomes very important in the state of Karnataka.
Survey has revealed pollution of ground water in the Jigani area due to chemical industries in
the region.
The quality of drinking water affects health of the consumers because certain bacteria and
microbial diseases, toxic chemical compounds etc. can be transmitted to the human body
through water. Experience has shown that community health and water quality is directly
related to each other and that an improvement in the quality of drinking water supply is
followed by an improvement in community's health.
Sky Group Page |

60
ISSUES
1. LOW WATER SUPPLY LEVEL IN THE LPA: The present water supply level in the
LPA is far below the stipulated standards of CPHEEO (135 lpcd). As such there is
water scarcity in the LPA. The gap between supply and demand would increase in
future as shown.
2. Water Quality: The ground water quality in the LPA is poor. Care has to be taken to
prevent pollution of ground water.
3. 13% of the households avail water from a source away from their dwelling unit.
4. Water supply system should be designed in consideration with the natural topography
of the land, to assure adequate water pressure in all areas.
DRAINAGE AND SANITATION
CPHEEO suggests standards for physical level of sanitation services according to population
of urban and rural centres. For sanitation, it is envisaged to achieve 100% of population
coverage for Class I urban areas (population 1 lac and above), 80% of population coverage
in other urban centres with provision for sewerage, sewage treatment facilities and low cost
sanitation methods. However the shortfall in achieving the target is significant. According to
projection of Census of India 2001, only 73.7% of the urban population has access to latrine
facilities of various types and it is estimated that by the year 2025, more than 50% of the
country’s population will settle in urban areas when issue related to sanitation in urban areas
will assume a very serious dimension. Needless will be to mention, sanitation has a close
and direct link with environment, water supply and its cleanliness, health and hygiene. The
problem of sanitation, associated with steep influx of population in urban areas, therefore
needs to be addressed forth with, debated and deliberated at length, by the policy planners
for the development of urban/city areas. The capital-intensive nature of sewerage system
has put many roadblocks in urban planning primarily due to weak financial positions of most
of the ULBs
INTRODUCTION
Efficient sewerage and sanitation system is a pre requisite for maintaining health and
hygiene in society. Diseases, especially water borne diseases spread due to unsanitary
conditions. Due to rapid growth of population in Anekal LPA, additional pressure would be
created in the existing network. Hence, upgradation and extension of the system is
necessary.
SURFACE DRAINAGE NETWORK
Anekal TMC has road side storm water drains of 31.57 Km constituting 50 percent of roads
(including PWD/ Other agency roads). These drains are pucca open type drains. The
sewage and sullage water generated by households, shops, etc, get mixed up with the
rainwater. During dry season, the drains carry the sullage water and other wastewater from
various establishments. Due to lack of or appropriately located storm water drains creates
health hazards due to water stagnation, creating breeding sites for many diseases. The
storm water drainage has been designed considering 828 mm maximum rainfall in the area.
The existing drains of 39 Km need to be renovated and new road side drains (of 18.33 Km)
to be constructed
SEWERAGE GENERATION IN THE LPA
The sewage generation is approximately assumed to be 80 % of total net water supply has
beenconsidered out of which water supplied for green areas, washing streets, Horticulture,
Fire fightingwould cover the ground water infiltration. Present sewage generation in the LPA
is calculated as shown in the table below
Table 5.4: Sewage generation in the LPA , 2011
SL AREA POPULATION (Water consumption) lakh Sewerage

Litres per day Generation (lakh
Litres per day)
1 Anekal TMC 45000 6.075 4.86

2 Rest of LPA 310507 17.08 13.66
TOTAL 23.15 18.52
*Calculated @ 80% of total water supply as sewage .
3.4 UNDERGROUND SEWERAGE SYSTEM
Anekal TMC does not have underground drainage (UGD) system, most of the households
depend on septic tanks for sewerage disposal. 20% of the area is covered by underground
sewerage system. Around 3050 households are provided with individual sanitation facility i.e.
septic tank and rest of the town residents are using the existing public toilets or resort to
open air defecation. Most of the night soil is washed out through the existing drains causing
nuisance and health hazard in the entire TMC area.
3.5 DISTRIBUTION OF SANITATION FACILITIES
The figure below shows the availability

Availability of toilet facilities in Anekal
district of toilet facilities in the Anekaltaluk. It
can be seen that only 42% of the
Toilet facility
present within households have toilet facility present
premises
42% within their premises. 1.8% use the
Open community toilet while 42% go for
defecation
56% open defecation.
Community
Toilet
2%
Figure 5.5: Availability of sanitation facilities in Anekaltaluk,

Source: census 2011
3.6 RURAL SANITATION
Promotion of rural sanitation is being carried out through the implementation of

NirmalaGramaYojane. Providing toilet facilities to primary schools with water supply facility is
also a component of the programme. Efforts have also been made to create awareness
among the people on hygiene and cleanliness through the Total Sanitation Campaign (TSC).
3.7 ISSUES
The critical issues for sewerage and sanitation in the Anekal LPA are as follows:
1. Access to toilets in rural areas is alarmingly poor (15.6%). Abandoning of open

defecation is needed not only for human health but also for economic and social
development. It pollutes ground water, contaminates ground water and spreads
diseases like diarrhoea and cholera.
2. Underground sewerage system has only partial coverage in Anekal town whereas
ideally the entire town limits should be under coverage.
3. In majority of the urban area – surface drains are either absent, improperly
constructed and maintained or are blocked.
4. There is lack of municipal maintenance of the drainage system.
5. Total coverage of the town area is absent.
SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
Solid waste can be defined as material that no longer has any value to the person who is
responsible for it, and is not intended to be discharged through a pipe. It is generated by
Sky Group Page |

64
domestic, commercial, industrial, healthcare, agricultural and mineral extraction activities and
accumulates in streets and public places.
The production of solid waste in an urban area is an attribute of the socio – economic profile
of the population and activities in the area. More the city is developed; more is the generation
of wastes. Again, the pre dominance of the industrial and commercial land use in the city
increases the generation of wastes.
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN ANEKAL
As per the survey conducted by Anekal TMC in 2007-08, 16tonnes of solid waste (including
construction waste and street sweeping) is generated in the town. The per capita waste
generated is 350 gm/day. About 25 percent of the waste is inorganic and recyclable waste.
TMC estimates that 57 percent waste is generated by households (about 7000 kg/day).
Commercial establishments contribute approximately about 4000 kg/day. Street sweeping
accumulates 2.5 tons of the total waste.
As per the current practice, solid waste is not segregated. Door to door collection is also not
practiced. Majority of population dump their waste on to open vacant sites. The management
of solid waste activities (include sweeping the wards, drain cleaning, uprooting of plants and
collecting of garbage from different wards) is outsourced on annual basis. 40 sanitary
sweepers employed by the contractor covers 23 wards. The waste generated from Anekal
town collected from various sources is disposed in low laying areas near Doddakere at
almost 200-300 mts and road side on the outskirts of TMC limits. Other places where
dumping is rampant are the Hompalaghatta and on Hosur road.
Anekal TMC collects about 50 percent of total waste generated (8 tons of 16 tons) at present
there is no door to door collection system, and waste is collected through open community
bins which are inadequate. Local population dumps the waste haphazardly in drains or open
spaces. As a result, drains are clogged and silted. Frequency of collection is also irregular
ranging from 2-10 days. Door to door collection (100%) to be introduced by Anekal TMC with
support from NGOs. Community bins should be placed in such a way that it covers the
maximum area Segregation of waste at household level or at the secondary storage points.
Street sweeping and collection of waste to be done on a daily basis.
INDUSTRIAL SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
Management of Industrial Solid Waste (ISW) is not the responsibility oflocal bodies.
Industries generating solid waste have to manage such waste bythemselves and are
required to seek authorizations from respective State PollutionControl Boards (SPCBs) under
relevant rules. However, through joint efforts ofSPCBs, local bodies and the industries, a
mechanism could be evolved for bettermanagement.
Assessment of industrial solid waste management problem greatly variesdepending on the

nature of the industry, their location and mode of disposal ofwaste. Further, for arriving at an
appropriate solution for better management ofindustrial solid waste, assessment of nature of
waste generated is also essential.
Industries are required to collect and dispose of their waste at specificdisposal sites and
such collection, treatment and disposal is required to bemonitored by the concerned State
Pollution Control Board (SPCB) or PollutionControl Committee (PCC) in Union Territory. The
following problems aregenerally encountered in cities and towns while dealing with industrial
solid waste
There are no specific disposal sites where industries can dispose their waste;
Mostly, industries generating solid waste in city and town limits are ofsmall scale
nature and even do not seek consents of SPCBs/PCCs ;
Industries are located in non-conforming areas and as a result they causewater and
air pollution problems besides disposing solid waste.
Industrial estates located in city limits do not have adequate facilities so thatindustries
can organize their collection, treatment and disposal of liquid andsolid waste;
There is no regular interaction between urban local bodies andSPCBs/PCCs to deal
such issues relating to treatment and disposal of waste
Issuance of licenses in non-conforming areas.
Sky Group Page |

66
SOLID WASTE GENERATION
By comparing the per capita waste generation in different Indian cities, CPHEEO has
suggested norm for solid waste generation according to different activities.
Residential refuse: 0.3 to 0.6 kg/cap/day Commercial refuse: 0.1 to 0.2 kg/cap/day
Street sweepings: 0.05 to 0.2 kg/cap/day Institutional refuse: 0.05 to 0.2 kg/cap/day
Hence the total waste generated in the LPA for 2011 has been computed as follows:
Table 5.5: Solid Waste generation in the LPA
Area Population Domestic Waste Non-domestic area of land fill area reqd for
generated (in Solid waste reqd per day (sq next 10 yrs
kg) generated (in m)(20m depth)
kg)
Anekal TMC-2011 45000 22500 4500 1.819 1.641
Rest of LPA 2011 310507 93152.1 31050.7 8.369 7.548
*Calculated @ .5 kg domestic waste for urban areas, @.3 kg domestic waste for rural areas and 0.1 kg non -
domestic waste for the LPA
The solid waste generation details of Anekal Municipal area at present as per Anekal TMC
are as under
Table 5.6: Municipal Solid waste management data
Total Solid Waste Total MSW collected No of vehicles for Area of Land fill site No of houses covered
Generation per day (in ton) Transport and (acres) under door-to-door
(in ton) Disposal collection
18 12 03 no 7297
Table 5.7: Solid waste generation and landfill requirement
Area Population Domestic Waste Non-domestic Total waste Landfill area

generated (in Solid waste generated required for
kg) generated (in (in kg) 2031 (acres)
kg)
2011 151202.8 9.189
Anekal TMC-2031 81103 24330.9 8110.3 32441.2 1.971
Rest of LPA 2031 1918897 575669.1 191889.7 767558.8 46.644
57.805
ISSUES
1. INADEQUATE LANDFILL SITES FOR FUTURE SCENARIO

Landfill site of 58 acres is required in the LPA in 2031. Sites need to be located for landfilling.
2. INADEQUATE RESOURCE
There is inadequacy of resource in terms of municipal workers, solid waste management
tools and equipment in the municipality.
3. NO WASTE SEGREGATION
Concept of segregation of waste is largely absent and people are totally ignorant about the
significance and necessity of segregation of Solid waste
4. ABSENCE OF PROPER COLLECTION AND TRANSPORT:

The process of collection, which requires substantial man and logistics management, is very
poor. This coupled with lack of proper transportation has resulted in a situation wherein 50-
70% of the waste is not collected at all.
5. LACK OF AWARENESS IN GENERAL PUBLIC

There is no awareness among the general public about the solid waste management. People
are not aware of the way to dispose the waste. Careless disposal of waste on streets has
resulted in littering of waste.
Sky Group Page |

68
POWER AND TELECOMMUNICATION
INTRODUCTION
The power supply is an important component of physical infrastructure for any city or town to
work efficiently. Efficient supply of power ensures proper working of all other infrastructure
facilities like water supply, sanitation etc.
Based on the estimated requirements of power supply in urban area as per the new master
plan of Delhi, the consumption works out to be about 2kw per household/day. The allocation
of electric sub-stations is to be done as per the population that is one 11 kV of sub-station for
every 15000 population. (UDPFI guidelines) It is the general standard for all categories of
towns/ cities.
Anekal has 1623 streetlights. Tube lights constitute 80 percent of existing lights. The
remaining 20 percent are sodium vapour lamps. Anekal TMC also has installed about 112
High Mast lights at important junctions and other places throughout the town, making the
town adequately lit. A present gap of 3019 street lights is identified in the town. Streetlights
coverage area is only 35 % of the town. There is inadequate street lighting in
peripheral/newly developing areas and slums.
DEMAND AND SUPPLY
There are 150851 domestic consumers in Anekal Taluk as compared to 14962 commercial
consumers. 5334 IP sets are
Anekal Taluk
Industrial
currently present in the Taluk. 8121
consumption
73% industrial connection area
provided.The figure below shows the
Domestic electricity consumption rate in lakh
consumption
8%
I P sets
units in Anekal Taluk.
Others
8%
1% Figure 5.6: Electricity consumption in Anekal
Street Light Commercial Taluk (in Lakh units) Source: Bengaluru Urban
installations consumption
4% 6% District at a Glance 2010 -2011
Sky Group Page |

69
5.2 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
EDUCATION
INTRODUCTION
Education is recognised as a fundamental human right, along with other necessities, such as
food, shelter and water in The Universal Declaration on Human Rights (1948). The
advantages it confers on individuals and nations are multi-dimensional and multi-faceted. It
sustains economic growth by providing basic as well as specialised skills that ensure
increased productivity and higher per capita incomes.
Achievements in education in Karnataka have been quite remarkable, and the state is
moving towards universal literacy at a steady pace. The literacy rate increased from 56.04
per cent in 1991 to 66.64 per cent in 2001
EDUCATION INFRASTRUCTURE IN THE LPA
The educational infrastructure in the LPA consists of 194 lower primary schools, 209 higher
primary schools and 90 high schools.
EDUCATION INFRASTRUCTURE IN ANEKAL TALUK

250
200
NO OF SCHOOLS
150
100
50
0
LOWER PRIMARY HIGHER PRIMARY HIGH SCHOOLS
Units 194 209 90
Figure 5.7 : Distribution of Educational facilities in Anekal Taluk
The infrastructure data in schools show that almost 80% of the schools have separate girls’
toilet. Almost all schools have electricity supply, ramps and play ground. 391 primary schools
have library facility and 402 primary schools have drinking water facility.
INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES
450
400
350
no of schools
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
ANEKAL Common Play Compoun Drinking
Girls toilet Electricity Ramps Library
Taluk toilet ground d walls water
PRIMARY 403 124 382 399 218 240 391 293 402
HIGH SCHOOLS 106 90 45 88 86 9 87 83 90
Figure 5.8: Infrastructure facilities in schools in Anekal district

EDUCATION LEVEL: INDICATORS
LITERACY RATE
The average literacy rate of Anekal Taluk is 79.7%, whereas that in the urban area is 70.4%
and that in rural areas is 68.2%. The literacy rate among females is lower in both urban and
rural areas.
LITERACY RATE ANEKAL

100
90
80
LITERACY RATE
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
ANEKAL URBAN ANEKAL RURAL TOTAL
AVERAGE LITERACY RATE 79.7 68.2 70.4
MALE LITERACY RATE 86.3 77.2 79
FEMALE LITERACY RATE 71.6 58 60.5
Figure 5.9 : Literacy rate in Anekal Taluk

ENROLLMENT
The enrolment data in the Anekal Taluk shows that the enrolment is higher in upper primary
schools than in lower primary and high schools. This might be attributed to the higher priority
to basic education among the poorer sections of the society. Enrolment is higher among
boys than girls.
Anekal Enrolment
30000
25000
ENROLMENT
20000
15000 Boys
Girls
10000
5000
0
lower primary schools Upper primary Schools Higher schools
Figure 5.10: Enrolment rate in Primary and Secondary classes in Anekal Ta luk.
DROPOUT RATE ( age group 6-14)
51,000 students in the age group of 6-14 years were reported out of school. Among them
27,000 were boys and 24,000 were girls.It can be seen from the graph below that almost
36% of the students dropped out after primary education
DROPOUTS IN ANEKAL TALUK (6-14 yrs) ANEKAL TALUK SCHOOLS DROPOUT

(6-14 yrs)
60000
enrollment dropout
50000
40000
36%
30000
No of children
20000 64%
10000
0
Total no of Boys Girls
dropouts
Table 5.12 : Dropouts in Anekal Taluk Figure 5.11:Distribution of school children in age group 6 -14
PUPIL TEACHER RATIO ( 1 to 10)
The pupil teacher ratio in Primary Schools is 25.53 whereas that in high schools is 30.25.
The ‘Right Of Children To Free And Compulsory Education Act 2009’ states the student
teacher ratio in 1st to 5th standard as 1:30 and that from 6th to 10th as 1:35. Segregated class
wise and school wise data is not available, but the aggregate data meets the national
standards of education.
CATEGORY PUPIL TEACHER RATIO

PRIMARY SCHOOLS 25.53
HIGH SCHOOLS 30.25
Table 5.8 :Pupil Teacher Ratio in Anekal Taluk.
EDUCATION SCHEMES
Akshara Dasoha Program

The Akshara Dasoha program is an initiative to provide free food to school children and
improve their health and nutrition. It is anticipated that improvement of health and nutrition
would automatically improve the education level and would also support the education
objectives of the state.
“Akshara Dasoha” program aims at providing hot cooked meals to all the children studying in
1st to 5th standard in all the Government Primary Schools of the State. The Mission of the
program is to free all the primary school children from hunger, improve their learning abilities
and bring about equity.
HEALTH
INTRODUCTION
Health status is an important indicator of the socio economic conditions of a society since it
has far reaching effects across all socio economic strata. Hence commitment to improvement
of health status especially among women, children and vulnerable population such as
schedule casts and scheduled tribes, is an important goal of any planning process. Efficient
planning requires an appraisal of the current infrastructure and policies, assessment of
progress, identification of gaps and proposals to mitigate the condition.
HEALTHCARE INFRASTRUCTURE IN THE LPA
The healthcare infrastructure in Anekal consists of 1 Taluk headquarter hospital, 2 govt

hospitals and 13 family welfare centre.
Anekal Taluk
14
12
NO OF UNITS 10
8
6
4
2
0
Taluk
Govt. Allopathy primary health Family welfare Indian System
Headquarter
hospitals hospitals centres centres of Medicine
Hospitals
No of Units in Anekal Taluk 1 2 1 13 2 2
Figure 5.13: Health care center in Anekal Taluk.
HEALTH SCHEMES
The National Rural health mission has been introduced to provide universal access to
equitable, affordable and quality healthcare which is responsive to the needs of the
people. Initiatives for reducing child and maternal mortality, stabilising population
along with gender and demographic balance have been taken.
The key features for delivery of NRHM in Karnataka includes making public health
delivery system fully functional and accountable to the community, working in a
mission mode, decentralised planning, delegation of power, human resource
management, community involvement, rigorous monitoring and evaluation against
standards, convergence of health related programs and flexible financing.
The NRHM program has five distinct agenda
Promotion of maternal and child health: Maternal ill health and death impacts families,
communities and societies and has far reaching impacts across all socio-economic
strata. Promotion of maternal and child health is an important objective of NRHM,
since mother hood encompasses reproductive health, family planning, pregnancy,
childbirth, infant and maternal mortality.
In view of the above goals, an umbrella scheme has been initiated called the “Thayi
Bhagya” scheme which consists of three sub schemes – Janani Suraksha Yojna,
Prasooti Araike and Madilu.
Under Janani Suraksha scheme, poor pregnant women are given financial and
institutional assistance through a decentralised medical infrastructure system.
Prasooti Araike is also a part of the maternal healthcare program in which health care
and check-up facilities are provided to women. Madilu is another scheme that was
devised to encourage women to deliver in hospitals for which they would be entitled to
medical kit for the baby and the mother.
Child health care: Health and well being of children during their intra-uterine period,
toddler years, school age and adolescence needs intervention which is reached out
through Maternal and child care programs and the public delivery system,
Anganawadis, ASHAs and schools.
Immunisation: It is the most cost-effective and effective intervention in public health

system. Polio, DTP, BCG, Measles, TB and Hepatitis B vaccines are administered
through the various PHCs and FRUs. Beside this childhood diseases and neonatal
illnesses are taken care of through IMNCI (Integrated Management of Neonatal and
childhood illnesses) program.
Disease control program: In order to provide health care facilities to patients with
diseases like AIDS, Leprosy, Tuberculosis and terminal diseases like cancer, several
programs have been introduced at the Taluk level, like AIDS control program, Leprosy
control program, TB control program and Cancer control program, vector disease
control program etc.
Inter-sectoral convergence: In additional to the above, facilities like ambulance service

have also been introduced. One ambulance per 1.1 lakh population has been
provided for rural areas with a maximum reaching time of 25.5 minutes.
The table below shows a list of health programs in Anekal Taluk
SL PROGRAMMES
1 Immunisation program
2 Family planning Initiative
3 Aids control Program
4 Leprosy control program
5 TB Control program
6 Cancer Control Program
7 Janani Suraksha Yojna
8 Madilu Yojna
Table 5.9: List of Healthcare programs in Anekal Taluk.
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 6 | Environmental Issues
CHAPTER 6
ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
6.1 POLLUTION: GENERATION AND CONSEQUENCES
GROUND WATER POLLUTION
A study on ground water in Anekal Taluk was conducted by the Department of Environmental Science,
Bangalore University. The physicochemical and biological results have been subjected to statistical
analysis and given in the Table 1. The observed ranges of the samples were compared with Bureau
of Indian Standards (BIS- 10500: 1991). The samples collected showed considerable variations in the
quality of groundwater. This might be due to irregular distribution of rocks or due to variation in the
depth of sample points. A comparison of the depth of hand pump installation indicates that the deep
installations are better than the shallow installations with respect to the groundwater quality, since
shallow hand pumps draw water from the topmost water bearing structure, which is contaminated by
various natural and anthropogenic sources percolating in the vicinity.
The pH value in 9.45% of groundwater samples was found exceeding the acceptable limit of BIS. The
chlorides varied widely from 9.89 – 5918.2 mg/l with a mean value of 218.15 mg/l and 1.27% of
samples were found exceeding the acceptable limit of BIS. The total hardness ranged between 20 -
4600 mg/l as CaCO3 with a mean value of 225.59 mg/l as CaCO3 which indicated hard water and
2.83% of samples were found exceeding the acceptable limits of BIS. Fluoride content in the study
area varied from 0 – 16 mg/l with a mean value of 0.84 mg/l and 10.04% of the samples were found
exceeding the acceptable limits of BIS standards. E. coli in the study area varied from 0 – 364/100ml
and the mean concentration is found to be 12/100ml with 31.19% of the samples exceeding the
acceptable limit of BIS.
AIR POLLUTION
There is no formal report on air quality in Anekal. However approximately 6000 Ha of industrial area
has been proposed in the master plan 2031 out of which manufacturing consist of almost fifty per
cent. Hence, air pollution might be a reality in the area in near future. Proposals have been made in
the master plan for action for prevention of industrial pollution.
SOIL EROSION
Anekal has good quality agricultural land within its limits which would transform into urbanised land
due to growth pressure. Sustainable agricultural practices should therefore be adopted in the
remaining agricultural land form maximising and sustaining productivity.
6.2 RAIN WATER HARVESTING
Rainwater system is an alternative plumbing system that helps to conserve our limited water
supply. Currently, most of us use clean drinking water straight from the tap to water our gardens.
Rainwater system gives another water choice for irrigating and can save money. Using non-potable
water to irrigate your gar-den can also help replenish local aquifers.
Rainwater harvesting is collected precipitation from rooftops and other above-ground impervious
surfaces that is stored in catchment tanks for later use. Rainwater harvesting systems can range from
a simple barrel at the bottom of a downspout to multiple cisterns with pumps and filtration. The
harvested rainwater is low in sodium and chloramine and fluoride free.
There are two main types of rainwater harvesting systems that vary in complexity, volume of water
stored and permitting requirements.
Rain Barrel A rain barrel system is a simple rainwater collector that captures and stores a portion of
the runoff from a roof downspout. A hose attached to the bottom of the rain barrel can be used to
irrigate your garden. A rain barrel will only capture a small fraction of the rainwater that flows off your
roof, the rest of the runoff will still need to drain to a safe overflow location.
Cisterns Cisterns are larger systems that can hold much more water and may include pumps to move
the rainwater to the garden. More complex systems can involve plumbing and electrical work, soil
excavation or other structural work. For rainwater collection projects of this scale, consult a
professional to review design, construction and safety considerations. Permits and zoning certificates
are required for cistern systems.
Proposal has been forwarded in the Master Plan 2031 for rainwater harvesting techniques in the LPA.
6.3 DISASTER MITIGATION AND MANAGEMENT ISSUES
Till recently, the approach to Disaster Management has been reactive and relief centric. A paradigm
shift has now taken place at the national level from the relief centric syndrome to holistic and
integrated approach with emphasis on prevention, mitigation and preparedness. These efforts are
aimed to conserve developmental gains as also minimize losses to lives, livelihood and property.
A typical Disaster Management continuum as shown below, comprising of six elements i.e.,
Prevention, Mitigation and Preparedness in pre-disaster phase, and Response, Rehabilitation and
Reconstruction in post-disaster phase, defines the complete approach to Disaster Management.
Fig 6.1: Disaster management Continuum

Source: National Disaster Management Authority
Industrial hazards leading to chemical and biological disasters and fire hazard are the most prominent
hazards that the LPA faces. The master plan proposes guidelines for undertaking detail studies at the
micro level for equipping the authorities for the same.
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 7 |Problems
CHAPTER 7
PROBLEMS
The issues and requirements in the study area can be summarised as under:
1. UNCONTROLLED URBANISATION: The existing landuse map (Map no: 10) shows that
development is scattered in the entire LPA. There is an absence of conurbation boundary
around the major growth nodes. Uncontrolled development is presently leading to conversion
of agricultural lands into developed land parcels. As per the development strategy of the
structure plan 2031 compact development in the urbanised areas is to be promoted, which
has been taken as one of the guiding principles of Master Plan 2031.
2. LACK OF SEGREGATION BETWEEN CONFLICTING LANDUSE: There has been a lot of

change in land from IMP 2021 under section 14A and 14A(3), in the LPA, where proposed
industrial and agricultural land has been converted into residential use. As such zoning of
landuse is presently improper. Effort has been taken in the Master Plan 2031, to zone and
segregate conflicting landuses.
3. NO SPECIFIC GROWTH DIRECTION: Growth direction needs to be specified since

uncontrolled urbanisation in the LPA has led to haphazard development. Growth is promoted
in the four growth nodes of the LPA – Anekal, Jigani-Bommasandra area, Attibele –
Chandapura corridor and Sarjapura.
4. ABSENCE OF PLANNING DISTRICTS: Planning districts were absent in the LPA 2021.
Planning districts have been carved out around the major growth centres in the LPA – Anekal,
Jigani-Bommasandra, Attibele and Sarjapura.
5. REQUIREMENT OF ALTERNATIVE MASS TRANSIT MODE: There is a high traffic volume

along NH 207 towards Bangalore as well as Hosur. In order to cater to the high demand,
reduce share of private vehicles, Mass Rapid Transit System (MRTS) should be introduces.
6. INADEQUATE CONNECTIVITY: Connectivity in some parts of the LPA is poor due to

absence of roads. New road have been proposed to increase connectivity.
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 7 |Problems
7. IMPROPER ROAD GEOMETRY: Road geometry is poor in the existing road network.
Appropriate design has been proposed in the Master Plan 2031.
8. LACK OF INDUSTRIAL ZONING: Appropriate zoning of industries is absent in the LPA. The
Master Plan 2031 proposes the type of industries suitable for each area and required buffer
between agricultural and industrial areas in the form of roads.
9. ABSENCE OF FREIGHT COMPLEX: There is large number of industrial units present in the
LPA and 6000 Ha of industrial area has been proposed. The neighbouring Hosur town also
has large conglomeration of industries. A freight complex with logistic facility is pre-requisite
for industrial setup of such scale. Hence an industrial complex of 500 Ha has been proposed
in the vicinity of the railway line, State Highway 35 and the ITRR.
10. INADEQUATE RESIDENTIAL AREA: the LPA would be home to about 27 lakh people in the
year 2031. Adequate residential area has been proposed in the Master Plan to promote a
development density of 100 pph.
11. SLUM AREA TO BE IMPROVED: There are 6 non-notified slums and 3 notified slums in the
Anekal TMC area. The Master Plan 2031 proposes guidelines for improvement of slum
through RAY (Rajiv Awas Yojana), BUSP (Basic Urban Services for Poor) etc.,
12. ADEQUATE INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES TO BE PROVIDED: Infrastructure

requirements for the year 2031 have been calculated and adequate area and policy guidelines
have been proposed.
13. ABSENCE OF LANDFILL MANAGEMENT SITE: Landfill management site is absent in the
LPA. 70 acres of land has been proposed as landfill management site.
14. DESTRUCTION OF CATCHMENT AREA OF LAKES AND TANKS: The catchment areas of
the lakes and tanks do not have appropriate green cover. The catchment areas of lakes and
tanks have been assigned as green area to augment ground water recharge.
15. Railway intersections are present in the LPA. Underpasses have been proposed in all
locations.
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 8|Visualising the Future
CHAPTER 8
VISUALISING THE FUTURE
8.1 INTERIM MASTER PLAN PROJECTION
The Master Plan 2031 is based on the context set by the Interim Master Plan 2021. The total
population projected by the IMP for the LPA till the year 2021 was 11.8 lakhs based on census 2001
data. The revised master plan 2031 however uses census 2011 data for projecting the population for
the horizon year. Hence there is a difference in the projected population due to more updated data
available.
The landuse statistics as proposed by the Interim Master Plan is as follows:
Table 8.1: IMP Landuse Analysis-2021

Landuse Area in Sq km Percentage
Residential 67.80 31.5%
Commercial 11.60 5.4%
Industrial 89.78 41.7%
Parks and Open space 12.59 5.8%
Public & Semi-Public

6.90 3.2%
Utilities and Services
Transport and Communications 26.80 12.4%
Total 215.47 100.0%
Total area proposed in the Interim Master Plan is 215.47 sqkm. Total residential area proposed in
the IMP is 67.80 sqkm. 5.4% of the developed area is commercial and 41.7% of the area is industrial.
5.8% of the developable area is parks and open spaces. Transport and communication takes up
12.4% of the total proposed area. However, transport statistics excludes BMR proposed roads.
8.2 POPULATION PROJECTION
INTRODUCTION
The Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 proposes a comprehensive plan for the local planning area within
the framework of the BMR RSP 2031 with a base set by the Anekal IMP 2021. The BMR draft RSP
2031 envisages a population of distribution of 75% - 25% between the core and the rest of BMR for
sustainable long term growth since the BBMP area would be saturated by 2016 according to the
revised master plan ( RMP) 2015. This would mean deflection of 1.8 million people from the core to
the outside by 2031. Since the present share of population between the core and the outside is 77%-
23%1, this redistribution has to be supported by proper employment facilities integrated with a strong
circulation network, residential and allied facilities.
The Anekal LPA, due to its various growth potentials has seen rapid and uncontrolled urbanisation.
The growth of the LPA needs to be streamlined. Hence population projection has been made with
due consideration to the constraints of urbanisation.
8.2.1 FACTORS AFFECTING GROWTH
The LPA has seen a lot of growth in the recent years. The various factors aiding the growth of the
LPA are as follows:
• Proximity to the Bangalore Metropolitan Area (BDA jurisdiction): The LPA is in close
proximity to the conurbation limits of BMA in the north-west. Its proximity to the Electronic City –
which is the hub of IT industry in Bangalore, makes it a favourable location for residential base and
supportive economy for the industrial activity. The NH-7 corridor along with its adjacent areas has
seen intense development in the recent past.
• Housing: The industrial estates in the Jigani-Bommasandra area, Hosur industrial area and
the Electronic City have generated enormous demand for housing. Several private and KHB
residential projects have come up to fulfil the housing demand and resulted in huge population growth
in the area.
• Knowledge center and healthcare hub in the LPA: The Anekal LPA boasts of several
educational institutions for school, higher education and vocational training. Medical Institutions of
1
BMR RSP 2031
Sky Group Page |

84
national repute are present in the area drawing patients from the BMR and beyond. These activities
promote local economy and generate sustainable growth in the LPA.
• Bangalore Chennai Industrial Corridor: The upcoming Bangalore Chennai Industrial
Corridor will be an added growth generator in the region in the future. The corridor passing through
the Hoskote Planning Area will provide faster connectivity to the Chennai port thereby spurring
growth of industrial activity. The LPA, owing to superior infrastructure, educated and skilled workforce
will incur attractive investments.
8.2.2 POPULATION GROWTH TREND IN THE LPA

The Anekal LPA is composed of the Anekal TMC and 169 villages. The Anekal town, Jigani-
Bommasandra industrial area, Chandapura corridor and Sarjapura are the major growth centres in
the LPA.
POPULATION GROWTH IN ANEKAL LPA
The population in the LPA as per 2011 census is 3.55 lakhs. The above figure below shows the
growth trend in Anekal LPA.
ANEKAL LPA POPULATION GROWTH

400000
67.3%
350000
300000 48.6%
POPULATION
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0
1991 2001 2011
ANEKAL LPA 168693 212767 355606
Fig 8.1: Anekal LPA Population growth, Source: Census of India
It can be seen that the decadal growth rate from 1991 to 2001 has been 48.6% whereas that from
2001 to 2011 has been 67.3%. The growth rate in the LPA is very high compared to the national
growth rate of 1.7% per annum.
Table 8.2: Population Growth rate in Anekal LPA

Year Decadal growth rate Annual growth
1991-2001 48.6% 4.8%
2001-2011 67.3% 6.7%
POPULATION GROWTH IN ANEKAL TMC
The population in the Anekal TMC as per census 2011 is 45,000. The figure shows the growth trend
in Anekal TMC.
ANEKAL-TMC POPULATION GROWTH

50000
45000 36%
40000
33%
35000
POPULATION
30000
25000
20000
15000
10000
5000
0
1991 2001 2011
Anekal-TMC 24938 33157 45000
Fig 8.2: Anekal TMC Population growth; Source: Census of India
It can be seen that the decadal growth rate from 1991 to 2001 has been 32.9% whereas that from
2001 to 2011 has been 35.17%. The growth rate in the LPA is very high compared to the national
growth rate of 1.7% per annum.
Table 8.3: Population Growth rate in Anekal TMC

Year Decadal growth rate Annual growth
1991-2001 33% 3.3%
2001-2011 36% 3.6%
Sky Group Page |

86
8.2.3 POPULATION PROJECTION MASTER PLAN 2031
NATURAL GROWTH OF POPULATION IN THE LPA
The natural increase in the population has been calculated through statistical methods like arithmetic
progression, geometric progression and ANGM (annual national growth method). It has been
observed from the data that many of the villages have a negative growth rate while some of the
villages have compounding positive growth rates. The growth of the population calculated through
various statistical methods is as follows:
Table 8.4: Natural growth of population calculated through various

statistical methods.
Statistical method used Projected population
Arithmetic Progression 20 lakhs
Geometric Progression 16 lakhs
Annual National Growth Rate Method 4.85 lakhs
The Annual National growth rate method uses the average national growth rate for projection. The
growth rate of India is 1.7% which is very low compared to the growth rate of Anekal LPA which is
6.7%. Hence the ANGM method cannot be accepted as a projection method in the LPA.
The Arithmetic progression method uses linear projection of population. However the growth trend in
the villages of LPA has shown compounding (geometric) positive as well as negative growth rates.
Hence a linear projection system is not accurate in such a situation.
The Geometric Progression Method is the most appropriate method of projection in the LPA since the
existing growth trends also follow a geometric trend.
The LPA has high potential for industrial development. More than 1000 Ha of industrial land are
present in the LPA at present. 1300 industrial units are registered in the LPA. The Anekal Taluk
Industrial Perspective Plan says that the Taluk has a potential for the promotion of about 6,900 tiny &
SSI units including service enterprises, 330 medium & large industrial units and 44 mega
projects. The total investment that can be catalysed during the five year period 2006-11 is estimated
at about Rs. 30,680 cr. with a potential to generate direct employment to about 11,86,000 persons
and indirect employment to about 3,55,000 persons. The aggregate credit requirement is around
Rs. 15,400 cr. and private sector equity of Rs. 15,290 cr.
In light of the high employment potential, it can be safely assumed that the growth in the LPA will
follow the present trend of geometric growth.
Hence the population projected through geometric method is considered as the projected population
in the LPA till the year 2031. For all purposed of calculation 16 lakhs is considered as the LPA
population till the year 2031.
The details of calculation through geometric projection method have been given below.
Table 8.5: Population projection of the villages of LPA (geometric growth )
SL VILLAGE NAME 1991 2001 2011 2021 2031
1 A Medihalli - 498 451 451 451
2 Adigarakallahalli 1732 2066 2893 3692 4711
3 Adigondanahalli 1214 1219 648 344 624
4 Adur 561 636 717 811 916
5 AgasaThimmanahalli 7 17 22 36 58
6 Ali Bommasandra 519 575 700 807 930
7 AmaniBidarakere(B) - 25 0 0 0
8 AmaniDoddakere(B) 7 24 0 0 0
9 Andapura 110 155 1474 3616 8869
10 Anekal-Rural 3213 349 2592 2905 3256
11 Anekal-TMC 24938 33157 45000 60438 81173
12 Araventigepura 153 281 248 219 248
13 Arehalli 583 665 850 1017 1218
14 Arenur 589 612 630 651 673
15 Attibele 7944 10559 20570 31827 49245
16 Avadadenahalli 493 513 680 756 841
17 Bagganododdi 237 474 386 314 384
18 Balagaranahalli 694 2262 5444 15086 41804
19 Ballur 1461 3580 4568 7307 11688
20 Banahalli 895 109 475 409 474
21 Banahalli 98 2071 5788 34807 209322
22 BanadeNalla Sandra 550 645 1347 1901 2682
23 Bendiganahalli 251 274 658 871 1152
24 Bestammanahalli 655 716 828 928 1040
25 Bhaktipura 323 378 360 343 360
26 Bidaragere 845 900 1006 1094 1190
27 Bidaraguppe 2822 2850 3748 3949 4161
28 Bidarakadahalli (B) - - - - -
29 Bikkanahalli 869 874 846 819 846
Sky Group Page |

88
30 Bilchikknahalli - - - - -
31 Billapura 639 848 2244 3803 6444
32 Bommanadahalli 482 662 799 1020 1303
33 Bommasandra 4514 7614 15729 29126 53934
34 Bukksagara 1077 1258 1775 2237 2820
35 Buragunte 259 361 715 1152 1857
36 Byagadadenahalli 450 411 1435 2621 4786
37 Byalahalli 27 67 0 0 0
38 Chambenahalli 811 953 1277 1587 1973
39 Chandapura 1975 1721 10507 64147 391629
40 ChannenaAgrahara 205 258 458 659 948
41 ChikkaHagade 587 650 866 1028 1220
42 ChikkaHosahalli 1139 1187 1367 1476 1593
43 Chikkadasarahalli 382 412 502 567 641
44 Chikkadunnasandra 14 20 0 0 0
45 Chikknahalli 265 280 308 331 356
46 Chikknahalli 271 285 585 709 859
47 Chikkanahatti (B) - - - - -
48 Chikkthimmasandra 279 278 338 411 500
49 Chudenahalli 509 558 497 443 496
50 Dasanapura 630 1129 1432 2080 3020
51 DeshapandeGuttahalli 32 45 51 63 77
52 DoddaHagade 697 770 898 1016 1150
53 Doddathimmasandra 714 699 658 682 707
54 Dyavasandra 448 295 564 1078 2062
55 Geratiganabele 821 1049 1074 1159 1251
56 Giddenahalli 191 318 413 595 858
57 Giddenahalli (B) - - - - -
58 Gonighattapura 503 689 763 913 1092
59 Gopasandra 516 552 635 700 771
60 Gowrenahalli 1253 1635 2226 2965 3948
61 Guddahatti 965 1333 975 713 966
62 Gudighattanahalli (B) - 10 33 0 0
63 Gudnahalli 538 657 1110 1535 2123
64 Haldenahalli 1963 1031 384 803 1680
65 Halehalli 723 808 864 942 1027
66 Handenahalli 1489 1485 1642 1816 2008
67 Haragadde 2965 3493 11615 0 0
68 Harapanahalli 638 929 3045 5961 11668
69 Hasaruvani (B) 8 35 17 8 16
70 Heelalige 1038 1440 3972 7087 12646
71 Hennagara 1489 1761 2970 3996 5378
72 Hinnakki 942 1078 992 0 0
73 Hompalaghatta 596 536 630 630 630
74 Honnakalasapura 291 364 494 642 833
75 Hosahalli 1052 638 875 1200 1646
Sky Group Page |

89
76 Bingipura 48 19 75 296 1169

77 Iggalur 1116 1524 4700 8531 15484
78 Indlabele 640 890 3624 7202 14312
79 Indlawadi 1560 1730 1933 2152 2395
80 Indlawadipura 534 569 533 499 533
81 Itchangur 826 1754 3732 7933 16862
82 Ittangur 617 685 804 915 1042
83 Janthagondanahalli 597 628 703 758 818
84 Jigala 1038 1245 2445 3475 4940
85 Jigani 4140 7871 16909 34085 68708
86 Kachanaikanahalli 889 2231 5588 14010 35125
87 Kadagarahara - 396 720 1039 2380
88 Kadajakkanahalli 688 669 566 606 648
89 Kalanaikanahalli 170 239 342 485 688
90 Kalbalu 743 815 1986 2654 3547
91 Kamanahalli - 506 - - -
92 Kamblipura 427 594 560 528 560
93 Kammasandra 1184 2547 9924 27599 76753
94 KammasandraAgrahara 337 408 664 901 1224
95 Karpur - 1172 2026 0 0
96 KavalHosahalli 938 1238 1638 2165 2860
97 Kempavaderahalli 214 201 287 410 585
98 Kittaganahalli 955 2220 7269 19779 53817
99 Kodlipura 527 659 0 0 0
100 Konasandra 0 581 684 805 948
101 Koppa 1572 1100 2889 7588 19928
102 Kotiganahalli 181 254 249 244 249
103 Krishnasagara 101 98 594 1502 3799
104 Kugur 1073 1137 828 603 820
105 Kumbaranahalli 466 602 723 898 1115
106 Kunmadibala 278 326 480 615 789
107 Kuburahatti 11 4 30 225 1688
108 Kuthaganahalli 976 1048 1100 1167 1237
109 Kyalasanahalli 1062 1151 1836 2230 2710
110 Laxmisagara 556 627 1006 1278 1623
111 Lingapura 647 746 895 1051 1235
112 M. Medihalli 474 553 659 777 916
113 Madappanahalli 223 377 413 515 641
114 Madivala 2974 2169 3643 6119 10277
115 MahalChowdadenahalli 500 557 590 638 691
116 Mahanthalingapura 1555 2317 2698 3453 4419
117 Manchanahalli 933 1148 1307 1540 1815
118 Maranaikanahalli 702 761 778 812 847
119 Marasur 2233 1706 4303 6081 8593
120 MarasurAgrahara 110 126 136 151 167
121 Mattanahalli 582 643 0 0 0
Sky Group Page |

90
122 Mayasandra 2694 3284 3658 4234 4900

123 Menasiganahalli 762 810 590 430 584
124 Mugalur 978 1239 1441 1741 2103
125 Muthagatti 1347 1970 2755 3937 5627
126 Muthanallur 1793 1784 1468 1514 1562
127 MuthanallurAmanikere(B) 0 0 241 241 241
128 Muthasandra 301 309 540 610 689
129 NagenAgrahara 0 18 18 18 18
130 Narayanaghatta 722 822 1059 1270 1522
131 Neralur 1164 2115 5606 12033 25830
132 Neriga 1097 1264 1351 1489 1641
133 Nosenur 906 1037 1165 1321 1497
134 NosenurGollahalli 298 400 515 676 889
135 PanditanaAgrehare 348 507 825 1266 1942
136 PatnagereGollahalli 126 201 232 301 390
137 Rachamanahalli 536 939 774 638 771
138 Ragihalli 1670 1590 1592 1594 1596
139 Rajapura 1205 730 2417 3549 5210
140 Ramakrishnapura 210 170 559 935 1563
141 Ramasagara 1350 1465 2345 2855 3477
142 S. Medihalli 1099 584 797 1088 1484
143 Samanahalli 474 549 0 0 0
144 Samandur 1734 2206 2493 2960 3514
145 Sarjapure 7062 8620 11782 15123 19412
146 Seeganaikanahalli 44 70 55 43 55
147 SeethanaikanaHalli 282 520 337 218 331
148 Shivanahalli 1457 1529 1382 1249 1381
149 Sidihosakote 1355 1471 1591 1724 1868
150 Singasandre 302 392 434 511 601
151 Sollepura 518 588 678 775 887
152 Solur 417 493 496 512 529
153 Sompura 661 679 1163 1313 1482
154 Sonnanayakanapura 825 1046 1240 1516 1853
155 Soppahalli 423 450 489 525 564
156 Submangala 518 676 849 1086 1389
157 Sunavara 526 846 1129 1635 2369
158 Surajakkanahalli 717 912 1310 1760 2364
159 Telagarahalli 678 626 756 913 1103
160 Thammanaikanahalli 2076 2271 2526 2785 3071
161 Thattanahalli 768 881 929 1012 1102
162 Thimmasandra 103 158 194 261 351
163 Thindlu 953 1008 1077 1145 1217
164 Thirumagondanahalli 868 1240 2100 3240 4999
165 Vaderamanchanahalli 316 717 2599 7269 20332
166 Vanakanahalli 1274 1283 1373 1403 1434
167 Volagerekallahalli 1033 1081 1118 1163 1209
168 Yadavanahalli 1334 2031 6408 12879 25885

169 Yamare 1039 1223 2185 2975 4050
170 Yarandahalli 783 2025 5279 13707 35591
TOTAL 168693 212756 355506 639800 1559579
A population 16 lakhs has been considered as the natural growth of the LPA by 2031.
PROJECTED POPULATION IN ANEKAL LPA TILL 2031
1800000
1600000 1600000
1400000
1200000
1000000
800000
600000 640000
355502
400000 212756
168693
200000
0
1991 2001 2011 2021 2031
EXISTING POPULATION
PROJECTED POPULATION TILL 2031
Fig 8.3: Projected Population in Anekal LPA
8.2.4 AREA REQUIREMENT
Projected population in the LPA till 2031 is 16 lakhs. A population of 25 thousand is expected to be
accommodated in the villages in the agricultural zone. The requirement of area is calculated to
accommodate the projected population of 16 lakhs @ 70 pph density in the LPA.
Table 8.6: Population in Anekal LPA 2021, 2031

YEAR POPULATION TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA *
(@70 pph gross density)
2031 16,00,000 23317 ha
*Excluding agricultural land and water bodies
The total urbanisable land required by the year 2031 is 23317 Ha (@ 70 persons per Ha)
8.2.5 PROPOSED LAND UTILISATION IN THE LPA 2031
The proposed land utilisation in the LPA can be seen in the table below. The urbanisable
(conurbation) area in the LPA is 26242.39 ha which accounts to 65.2% of the total LPA. 10759.88 Ha
of agricultural land has been retained outside the urbanisable limit, which is 26.7% of the total area.
Water bodies in the form of lakes, tanks and nalas constitute 2.2 % of the total area.
Table 8.7: Proposed Landuse in the LPA

AREA
LANDUSE PERCENTAGE
(IN HECTARES)
TOTAL 23317.03 100.00%
AGRICULTURE 731.98
WATER BODIES 2116.60
FOREST 33.46
HILLOCK'S/QUARRIES 43.32
TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA 26242.39
AGRICULTURE 10759.88
WATER BODIES 884.33
FOREST 2093.45
TOTAL 40230.03
8.2.6 DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION IN THE LPA 2031
The Anekal TMC is the only urban area in the LPA. However, there are several growth nodes in the
LPA that are fast assuming urban character. Chandapura, Jigani, Bommasandra, Sarjapura are the
fast growing areas in the LPA. Each of these nodes anchors the corresponding planning districts.
A total population of 16 lakhs has been distributed in the urbanisable area of the four planning
districts.
Table 8.8 Population density in the LPA and Planning Districts
POPULATION WITHIN CONURBATION/URBANISABLE DENSITY

AREA
CONURBATION AREA AREA(Ha)* (pph)
Anekal Planning District 465000 6853.02 68 pph
Attibele Planning District 450000 5987.87 75 pph
Jigani Planning District 380000 5746.95 68 pph
Sarjapura Planning District 305000 4729.19 66 pph
Total 1600000 23317.03 70 pph
* Excluding water bodies, forests and agricultural lands
Sky Group Page |

94
8.3 HOUSING REQUIREMENTS
HOUSING DEMAND FOR 2031
The housing demand for Anekal LPA has been calculated for 2031 as shown in the table below. The
housing requirement for the LPA for 2031 is of 3,47,000 units. The residential land required for the
same is 11,000 Ha. The total residential land provided in the Master Plan 2031 to cater to the
requirement is 11,082 Ha.
Table 8.9: Housing demand and residential Area requirement

1 Existing population in the LPA (2011) 355506
2 Required no of houses 68697 Ha
3 Required residential area @ 50 houses/Ha 1374 Ha
4 Existing residential area 2789 Ha
5 Projected population for 2031 (natural growth) 1600000
6 No of households (natural growth) (5)/4.5 346666
7 Residential area required @ 32 houses/Ha (6)/32 11000 Ha
8 Residential Area provided in MP 2031 11082 Ha
8.4 PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE
WATER SUPPLY
WATER SUPPLY DEMAND IN ANEKAL LPA
The present supply of water in Anekal LPA is 1.29 MLD while the present demand calculated
according to CPHEEO norms is 23.15 MLD. As such there is a deficit in supply. The projected
demand of water in 2031 is 212 MLD for domestic needs.
WATER SUPPLY GAP IN ANEKAL LPA

250.00
Water Supply in MLD
200.00
150.00
100.00
50.00
0.00
2011 2031
DEMAND 47.99 212.00
Figure 8.4: Domestic Water Supply Gap in Anekal LPA
INDUSTRIAL WATER DEMAND
8000 Ha of industrial area have been proposed in the Landuse Plan of the LPA. According to the
Industrial Perspective Plan, 6956 Tiny and SSI Units have been proposed and 337 Large and
Medium Industries and 44 mega projects have been planned. The water requirement is calculated to
be 68 MLD for the industrial area.
The sewage generation is approximately assumed to be 80 % of total net water supply has been
considered out of which water supplied for green areas, washing streets, horticulture, fire fighting
would cover the ground water infiltration. Sewage generation in the LPA for 2031 is calculated as
shown in the table below.
Table 8.10: Sewerage generation in the LPA 2031
Sewerage Generation
SL AREA (Water consumption) Mld
(Mld) 2031
1 Anekal LPA 212 169.6
Sky Group Page |

96
The volume of domestic waster and corresponding landfill area required for the LPA for 2031. The
total area required is 58 acres. An area of 70 acres has been provided for solid waste management in
the LPA.
Table8.11: Solid waste generation and landfill requirement

Non-domestic Solid Total waste Landfill area
Domestic Waste generated
Area waste generated generated (in required for 2031
(in tonne)
(in tonne) tonne) (acres)
480 160 640 40
8.5 SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE
HEALTH: AREA REQUIREMENT
The requirement of health infrastructure in the LPA has been calculated from UDPFI guidelines as
shown in the table below. A total of 155 Ha is required for health care facilities in 2031.
Table 8.12: medical facility requirement till 2031

UNIT AREA
NO OF UNITS TOTAL AREA
MEDICAL FACILITY REQUIRED (IN
REQUIRED (IN HA)
HA)
General Hospital @ 1 per 2.5 lakh population- 500 beds 38.40

6 6
Intermediate Hospital ( category A) @ 1 pre 1 lakh
population - 200 beds
59.20
16 3.7
Intermediate Hospital ( category B) @ 1 pre 1 lakh
population - 50-80 beds
16.00
16 1
polyclinic @ 1 per lakh population 4.80
16 0.3
Dispensary @ 1per 0.15 lakh population 12.80
107 0.12
Nursing Home @ 1 per .45 to 1 lakh population-25 to 30
beds
10.67
36 0.3
Child Welfare & Maternity Centre@ 1 per .45 to 1 lakh
population- 25 to 30 beds
10.67
36 0.3
TOTAL 152.53 Ha
EDUCATION AREA REQUIREMENT
The requirement of education infrastructure in the LPA has been calculated from UDPFI guidelines as
shown in the table below. A total of 803 Ha is required for health care facilities in 2031.
Table 8.13: Educational facility requirement till 2031

UNIT AREA REQUIRED (IN
EDUCATIONAL FACILITY NO OF UNITS TOTAL AREA (IN HA)
HA)
6 0.08 0.51
Nursery school @ 1/2500 population
Basic primary school @ 1/ 2500 6 0.08 0.51

population
Higher secondary school @ 1/7500 2 1.6 204.76
population
0 3 0.38
Colleges @ 1/1.25 lakh population
0 2.1 205.76
Technical institutions @ 1/ 1000000
0 1.4 0.02
ITI @ 1 / 1000000
Engineering Colleges @ 2 in urban 2 60 206.76

extension
medical Colleges @ 2 in urban 2 15 30.00
extension
905 648.19
TOTAL
8.6 PARTICIPATORY APPROACH
As per the provisions of KTCP Act 1961, the Master Plan would be put up for public display after
provisional approval of the plan by the government. The issues and objection raised by the public
would be then considered and included in the proposal if found feasible and for the greater good.
The RTI Act provides scope for gaining information by the public. The Disclosure Act also provides
scope for discussion on the Master Plan.
Sky Group Page |

98
8.7 S.W.O.T. ANALYSIS
STRENGTH WEAKNESS
1. Existing Industries in the LPA

1. Lack of perennial water source
2. Proximity to Hosur Industrial Area
3. Continuity of conurbation with
BMA.
1. Upcoming IT SEZs in the LPA 1. Depletion of ground water
2. Upcoming Manufacturing 2. Pollution of water due to
Industries industries
3. Industrial Incentive as per State 3. Environmental pollution due to
Industrial Policies industries
OPPORTUNITY THREAT
The SWOT analysis has been done for the LPA as shown above. It can be seen that industrial
development is the major strength of the LPA whereas lack of perennial water supply is the major
weakness. Upcoming SEZs and manufacturing industries and industrial incentives prove to be the
major opportunities for development. Depletion of groundwater, water pollution due to industries and
environmental pollution are the major threats that the raid development poses.
8.8 VISION 2031
Anekal Local Planning Area has seen tremendous growth in the last two decades due to escalating
industrial activity in the neighbouring areas of Electronic City, Hosur and also areas within the LPA.
As such Anekal acts as a residential area for people working in the neighbouring areas due to ample
housing facilities, healthcare and education facilities and other infrastructural facilities.
The present role of Anekal would be retained in future, since the outer BMR is to retain 25% of the
total population of the BMR. Since Bangalore Metropolitan Area is already saturated, the spill over of
population is to be accommodated in the LPA.
Hence the vision of Anekal Master Plan 2021 is to promote Anekal as the leading Economic base of
the BMR.
Sky Group Page |

100
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 9 |Proposals
CHAPTER 9
MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS
9.1 COMPONENTS OF THE MASTER PLAN

The contents of a Master Plan are elaborated in Section 12 of the Karnataka Town and Country
Planning Act 1961.
As per the act, the Master Plan should contain a series of maps and documents indicating the
manner in which the development and improvement of the entire planning area within the jurisdiction
of the Planning Authority are to be carried out and regulated, such plan shall include proposals for the
following, namely –
a. Zoning of land use for residential, commercial, industrial, agricultural, recreational, educational
and other purposes together with Zoning Regulations.
b. A complete street pattern, indicating major and minor roads, national highways and state
highways and traffic circulation pattern, for meeting the immediate and future requirements
with proposals for improvement;
c. Areas for parks, playgrounds and other recreational uses public open spaces, public buildings
and institutions and area reserved for such purposes as may be expedient for new civic
developments;
d. Areas earmarked for future development and expansion;
e. Reservation of land for the purposes of central Government, the State Government, Planning
Authority or public utility undertaking or any other authority established by Law, and the
designation of lands being subject to acquisition for public purposes or as specified in the
master plan or securing the use of the landing in the manner provided by or under this Act;
f. Declaring certain areas, as areas of special control and development in such areas being
subject to such regulations as may be made in regard to building line, height of the building,
floor area ratio, architectural features and such other particulars as may be prescribed;
g. Stages by which the plan is to be carried out.

9.2 MASTER PLAN OBJECTIVES

1. To contain development and uncontrolled urbanisation and loss of agricultural land
2. To integrated future growth with current development.
3. To provide land for satisfying the requirement of population 2031.
9.3 AREA REQUIREMENT

Projected population in the LPA till 2031 is 16 lakhs. A population of 25 thousand is accommodated in
the villages in the agricultural zone. The requirement of area is calculated to accommodate the
projected population of 15.75 lakhs @ 70 pph density in the LPA.
Table 8.6: Population in Anekal LPA 2021, 2031

YEAR POPULATION TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA *
(@70 pph gross density)
2031 15,75,000 23317 ha
*Excluding agricultural land and water bodies
The total urbanisable land required by the year 2031 is 23317 Ha (@ 70 persons per Ha)
9.4 STRATEGY FOR OBTAINING LAND FOR PUBLIC PURPOSES

Development of public infrastructure like parks and playgrounds, roads and institutions require land
acquisition. A conventional mode of land acquisition has been through the The Land Acquisition Act
of 1894. Since the process lacks definite benefits to the landowner, it has faced considerable protest
in recent past. Consequently, a more democratic way of land pooling has been adopted in many of
the Indian states called Town Planning Schemes.
Since the process of land pooling through Town Planning Schemes present definite advantages to all
stakeholders, it should be adopted as a means to develop infrastructure in the LPA.

Town Planning Schemes could be adopted for pooling land for development of the multimodal
interchange at Heelalige and Chandapura, freight complex at Chanena Agrahara, for development of
the major roads STRR, IRR, ITRR and RR.
9.5 BASIC CONSIDERATION FOR PROPOSAL

There are considerable changes between the IMP 2021 to Master Plan 2031. There have been
notable developments in the LPA and change of landuse under section 14A and 14A(3). In adequate
connectivity existed in certain parts of the LPA and proper zoning of landuses were absent. All the
factors have been considered for preparation of the Master Plan 2031. The basic considerations for
the Master Plan 2031 proposals were as follows:
1. Existing development in the area: The existing developments have been given priority in
determining the proposed landuse of the Master Plan 2031. In most of the cases the existing
landuse has been retained to minimise public distress and loss of property.
2. IMP Proposals: IMP proposals for landuse have been retained in all places barring places
where it conflicts with the existing landuse.
3. ‗Change of Landuse‘ : All CLU areas ( under section 14(A) & 14 A(3)) have been retained as
per the notifications
4. Scientific landuse allocation: New areas have been brought under the proposed land use to
integrate the existing and IMP proposed landuse judiciously. New areas have also been
brought under proposals to satisfy the requirements of the population in 2031.
5. Proposal of new roads to increase connectivity in the LPA.
6. BMR proposed roads have been included in the Master Plan.
7. Other Guidelines provided by the Government have been followed.

9.6 MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS
9.6.1 PROPOSED LANDUSE PLAN 2031
PROPOSED LAND UTILISATION IN THE LPA
The proposed land utilisation in the LPA can be seen in the table below. The urbanisable
(conurbation) area in the LPA is 26242.39 ha which accounts to 65.2% of the total LPA .10759 Ha of
agricultural land has been retained, which is 26.7% of the total area. Water bodies in the form of
lakes, tanks and nalas constitute 2.2% of the conurbation area.
Table 9.2: Proposed Land Utilisation in the LPA

CATEGORY Area in Hectare Percentage
Urbanisable Area 26242.39 65.2%
Agriculture 10759.88 26.7%
Water Body 884.33 2.2%
Forest 2093.45 5.2%
Hillock's/Quarries 249.98 0.6%
Grand Total 40230.03 100%

PROPOSED LANDUSE IN ANEKAL LPA
The proposed land use statistics of Anekal LPA can be seen in the table below. It can be seen that
the total conurbation area in the LPA is 26242.39 Ha, i.e. 65.27 % of the total area47.53% of the
conurbationarea has been reserved for residential use and 21.60% of the area is dedicated for
industrial uses. Park and open spaces occupy 7.99% of the area while public and semi-public
landuse take up3.45% of the total area. Commercial landuse is 3.27% and transport and
communication is 16.01 % of the total area as seen in the table below.
Table 9.2a: Proposed landuse Analysis of Anekal LPA

AREA
LANDUSE PERCENTAGE
(IN HECTARES)
TOTAL 23317.03 100.00%
AGRICULTURE 731.98
WATER BODIES 2116.60
FOREST 33.46
AGRICULTURE 10759.88
WATER BODIES 884.33
FOREST 2093.45
TOTAL 40230.03

PROPOSED LANDUSE IN THE PLANNING DISTRICTS
ANEKAL PLANNING DISTRICT
The total area in the Anekal Planning District is 14958.86 Ha. The total area considered for analysis
is 6853.02Ha(excluding agriculture, water bodies, forest, hillocks).The area has been proposed as
primarily residential with 43.55% of the conurbation area under residential use. Industrial area has
been proposed in the outskirts of the town towards Jigani and towards Attibele. Proposed industrial
AREA landuse in the area is

LANDUSE PERCENTAGE
(IN HECTARES) 17.55%. Parks and open
RESIDENTIAL 2984.68 43.55% spaces have been
COMMERCIAL 215.06 3.14% proposed which occupy

6.90% of the conurbation
area of the planning
PUBLIC & SEMI PUBLIC 472.54 6.90% district. Commercial
activities have been
proposed along all the
PUBLIC UTILITY 1.34 0.02% major district roads and
TRANSPORTATION 1230.72 17.96% the State Highways 35
and 86. Traffic and
TOTAL 6853.02 100.00%
transportation constitutes
AGRICULTURE 120.12 - 17.96% of the conurbation
WATER BODIES 529.13 - area.
FOREST 16.88 - The area statistics of the
HILLOCK'S/QUARRIES 16.59 - proposed landuse is given

in the table below.
TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA 7535.75 -

Table 9.3: Proposed
FOREST 1283.70 -
Landuse statistics –
HILLOCK'S/QUARRIES 61.17 - Anekal Planning
District
TOTAL 14958.86 -

ATTIBELE PLANNING DISTRICT (Attibele-Chandapura Corridor)
The total area in the Attibele Planning District is 9293 Ha. The total area considered for analysis is
5987.87 Ha (excluding agriculture, water bodies, forest, hillocks).The major landuse in the Planning
district is residential with 52.80% of the conurbation area under Residential use. There are existing
housing layouts by the KHB in the area and more area has been brought under residential use so
that the area acts as a residential base for the LPA as well as for spill over residential requirement
from nearby Electronic city and Hosur.
Industrial activities take up 18.37% of the conurbation area. The area would mainly support service
based industries.
AREA
LANDUSE (IN HECTARES) PERCENTAGE Commercial activities
have been proposed
along the entire length of
the National Highway
INDUSTRIAL 1099.81 18.37% which occupies3.16% of
PUBLIC & SEMI PUBLIC 110.47 1.84% the conurbation area of
the planning district.
Agriculture use is present
only of the outskirts of
TRANSPORTATION 989.41 16.52% the planning
TOTAL 5987.87 100.00% district.Transportation
- forms 16.52% of the total
AGRICULTURE 548.39
area. The area statistics
-
WATER BODIES 538.42
of the proposed landuse
-
FOREST 0.00 is given in the table
- below.
-
-
AGRICULTURE 1805.15 Table: 9.4Proposed
- Landuse statistics –
WATER BODIES 410.28
Attibele Planning
-
FOREST 0.00 District
-
-
TOTAL 9293.00

JIGANI PLANNING DISTRICT (Jigani-Bommasandra)
The total area in the Jigani Planning District is 9825.97 ha.The total area considered for analysis is
5746.95 Ha (excluding agriculture, water bodies, forest, hillocks).The Planning District is known for
the KIADB industrial estate and other industrial units. The area hosts some of the biggest industries
in the region in the pharmaceutical and food processing sector. Manufacturing, granite processing
and service based industries
AREA are also presentIndustrial area
LANDUSE (IN PERCENTAGE
HECTARES) in the planning district is a major
landuse – 24.64% of the
RESIDENTIAL
2760.80 48.04%
conurbation area is proposed as
COMMERCIAL
256.72 4.47% industrial use. Residential area
INDUSTRIAL (48.04%) has also been
1416.20 24.64%
PUBLIC & SEMI PUBLIC proposed towards the Anekal
119.24 2.07%
and Attibele Planning District to
PARK & OPEN SPACE
317.79 5.53% cater to the industrial population
PUBLIC UTILITY of the area in future. Agriculture
7.43 0.13%
TRANSPORTATION forms minor part of the
868.76 15.12%
conurbation area located mainly
TOTAL
5746.95 100.00% towards the south. 15.12 % of
AGRICULTURE the conurbation area is under
62.71 -
WATER BODIES transportation.
545.51 -
FOREST The area statistics of the
16.58 -
HILLOCK'S/QUARRIES proposed landuse is given in the
12.81 -
TOTAL URBANISABLE table below.
AREA 6384.56 -
AGRICULTURE
2366.11 - Table 9.5: Proposed Landuse
statistics –Jigani Planning
WATER BODIES
83.34 - District
FOREST
809.75 -
HILLOCK'S/QUARRIES
182.20 -
TOTAL
9825.97 -

SARJAPURA PLANNING DISTRICT
The total area in the Sarjapura Planning District is 6152.20ha.The total area considered for analysis
is 4729.19 Ha (excluding agriculture, water bodies, forest, hillocks). The landuse has been proposed
in the area to cater to the service based industries. Upcoming IT SEZs are located in the area. Total
proposed industrial area is 27.88% of the conurbation area. Residential area constituting45.99% of
the total area has also been proposed to cater to the industrial population. The area would also act as
AREA a residential base for spill

LANDUSE (IN PERCENTAGE over population from The
HECTARES)
Bangalore Metropolitan
Area.

The area statistics of the
proposed landuse is
given in the table below.
Table 9.6: Proposed
Landuse statistics –
TOTAL 4729.19 100.00% Sarjapur Planning
District
AGRICULTURE 0.76 -
FOREST 0.00 -
HILLOCK'S/QUARRIES 11.01 -
TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA 5244.51 -
FOREST 0.00 -
TOTAL 6152.20 -

9.6.2 PROPOSED TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTATION PLAN 2031

Progress follows the lines of transportation. Transportation Corridors are generally considered as
lifelines of any town / city. An efficient Traffic and Transportation system promotes socio - economic
activities. Anekal LPA has two National Highways (NH-7 & 207), two State Highways(SH-35 & 86),
four Major District Roads with good network of roads and one broad gauge Railway line. One of the
major objectives of MP is to provide broader roads within Anekal LPA with good hierarchy of roads.
Its aim is to provide an efficient and feasible circulation plan for the entire LPA.
The total area covered by traffic and transportation use in the conurbation area is 1928.72 ha,
constituting 27.50%. By and large the inter town traffic movement is convenient. But due to very
narrow road network in the town area, there are many intra town traffic problems and proposals for
the same are to be made.
Some general guidelines for better connectivity are addressed:

All village roads within LPA having width less than 18 m are proposed for widening to 18 m
Right of Way (ROW).
Parking space is proposed along commercial access roads and around bus-stand areas.
Improvements of major intersectionswould be undertaken. Sufficient space for pedestrians,
signals and utilities will be taken separately with wide footpath and cycle tracks are provided
along main market, shopping/commercial street.
Wherever feasible cycle tracks will be separately provided.
Buffer zones/green spaces are proposed for NMT.
Pedestrian Refugee islands are proposed for road width above 18 m ROW.
Any road development/ redevelopment/ widening proposal shall be done only if the road sections
annexed (Annexure6) are implemented.
City Traffic and Transportation Studies (CTTS) are made for BMR,2031 . This CTTS is referred for
provision of Traffic Management proposals in the Anekal LPA. However road circulation plan for the
entire LPA is prepared showing the alignment and pattern of all existing and proposed roads in the
LPA.
PROPOSALS
1. Widening of Village Roads:

All village roads within LPA which are less than 18 m are proposed for widening to 18 m.

2. Segregation Of Regional And Intra-Settlement Traffic

Town Ring road has been proposed around Anekal which is the major growth node of the
LPA. It would act as a conurbation boundary as well as serve the purpose of diverting traffic
from the centre of the town.
3. Segregation Of Freight Traffic

Since major industrial areas have been proposed in the LPA a separate freight corridor is
required separating the intra settlement traffic and freight traffic. Presently the NH 7 and NH
207 form the routes for both freight as well as normal traffic. TRR (town ring road) has been
proposed so serve the purpose by diverting heavy traffic away from the town Centre.
4. Proposal Of New Roads To Increase Connectivity

New roads have been proposed to increase the connectivity to developed areas in the LPA.
New roads are also proposed for better zoning and guide future developments.
5. Planning For Non Motorised Traffic (NMT) And Pedestrian Facilities

Anekal town and all the major settlements in the LPA have to be planned for NMT and easy
pedestrian movement. Studies should be taken up at the town level to arrive at detailed
planning proposals for NMT mainly for cycling and pedestrian friendly circulation pattern. Old
market area is proposed for Pedestrian Zone by restricting the traffic movement during
specified hours. This can be achieved besides other measures that will be adopted Buffer
zones/green spaces under HT lines, along major drainage lines and area surrounding
lakes/ponds/tanks will be explored for NMT infrastructure for better NMT accessibility as per
DULT recommendations.
6. Planning For Parking Facilities

Parking facilities is completely absent in the LPA. With the growth of the population in the LPA
and the consequent vehicular growth, proper planned parking facilities are indispensible part
of the development. Studies will be taken up at LPA level to recognize inherent problems and
to arrive at detailed proposals for parking in the district/town level.
7. Planning for Public Mass Transit

The public mass transit is meant to take on maximum number of repeat trips hence major
terminals of passenger transit should be located at high density work place and high density
residential areas.

8. Planning for Multimodal Transit
To encourage multimodal transit integration, it is desirable to have the terminals located

wherever more than one mode like rail and road are present and they can be integrated e.g.
Bangalore City railway station and the Kempegowda bus terminal. The bus terminal is being
redeveloped to accommodate the metro station and intra city bus terminal as well as few
intercity bus terminal, thereby ensuring seamless physical multimodal integration.
9. Location of Bus Stands, Bus depots and Bus Bays

Within the town limits, bus stands/stops are proposed for every 250-300 m with suitable
shelter facility. In all layouts with more than 10 ha extent, bus bays shall be indicated as a part
of the layout within the property boundary of the layout. The existing properties of BMTC are
reserved for traffic and transport use.
10. Truck Terminals/ freight complex/ logistics hub and Provision of Infrastructure near
Truck Terminals/ freight complex/ logistics hub
As far as possible the traffic and transportation use should be located as per the envisaged
activity. It is desirable to have truck terminal/ freight complex/ logistics hub next to or along the
side of the industrial use/ KIADB industrial areas.
11. Proposed freight complex
A freight complex has been proposed at Channena Agrahara village for an area of 500 Ha. The
logistics hub is in close proximity with the SH 87, ITRR and the railways. The freight is proposed to
have the following components:
o Railways Siding
o Container Terminal
o Warehousing & Storages
o Truck Terminal
o Auto Workshops & Showrooms
o Recreational Zone
o Green Open Areas
o Commercial Establishments to support the Logistics Park
o Business Center& Office Space for various Service Providers & Agents

o Hotels, Dormitories & Restaurants for the Drivers
o Fuel Station
o Weigh Bridge
O Energy park
The marketability of the logistics hub would be augmented by the presence of industrial area in the
LPA as well as the Industrial area in Hosur which is at a distance of 20 km from the site. The facility
may be developed on PPP model.
IMPACT OF THE FREIGHT COMPLEX
The Logistic hub would have an impact on the vehicular density on the roads abutting the site and
also on roads exiting and entering the LPA. The ITRR, STRR, IRR and RR should be primarily used
for freight movement. The National Highways and State Highways in the LPA already have high
traffic volume; hence freight movements in these corridors should be avoided. Lay-by should be
planned along all routes of freight movement in the LPA.
Detail study should be taken up for formulating a traffic movement and management plan for the
Freight Complex and the Freight routes.
Map no 22 shows the proposed Traffic and Transportation Plan in the Anekal LPA. The following
tables show the statistics of the roads in the LPA.
Table 9.7: Road Inventory

Type Length (km) Area (sqkm)
18m 35.84 .645
24m 129.95 3.118
30m 109.82 3.29
45m 112.99 5.085
TOTAL 12.13

In addition to the LPA proposed roads there are other roads proposed by the BMRDA, namely STRR,
IRR, RR and ITRR. The inventory of those roads along with the State Highway and the National
Highway has been given in the table below.
Table 9.8: Road Inventory BMR roads
Type Width Length (km) Area (sqkm)
STRR 90m 29.40 2.646
IRR 90m 12.75 11.475
RR 60m 6.24 .374
ITRR 90m 23.73 2.136
NH & SH 30m 58.50 5.28
NH 7 50m 20.02 1.01
TOTAL 22.911
The total area under transportation in the LPA is 35.04 sq km
9.6.3 ROAD WIDENING AND BUILDING LINES

The following major roads in the LPA have been proposed to be widened in the Master Plan 2031.
Table 9.9: Roads to be widened
ROAD NAME EXISTING WIDTH (m) PROPOSED WIDTH (m)
NH 7 48 60
NH 207 9 40
SH 35 12 30
SH 85 8 30
SH 87 15 30

The Proposed building line from the major roads has been listed in the table below.
Table 9.10: Building Line proposed for major roads

Proposed right Building line from
Sl.
Name of the Road of way the edge of ROW
No.
(m) (m)
1 STRR 90.0 10.0
2 IRR 90.0 10.0
3 TRR 90.0 10.0
4 RR 60.0 6.0
For National Highways, State highways, Major District roads, other district roads and village roads
standards specified (road width, building lines etc.,) by the Ministry of Surface Transport, Government
of India are to be followed vide Govt. Notification No: UDD 251 BMR 2005, dated 22-12-2005 and
other circulars of Government of Karnataka)
For all existing roads of width more than 15m shall be provided minimum of 3m building line.

9.6.4 STRUCTURE PLAN POLICIES AND PROPOSALS
LAND UTILIZATION AND ENVIRONMENT
The Draft BMR 2031 uses 5.8m resolution LISS-4 (IRS-P6) multi spectral satellite image data
received from the national remote sensing centre (NRSC) for the year 2008 to analyse the land
utilization in the 8006 sq km of the BMR region. A GIS based land capability analysis (LCA) was
conducted with environmental, demographic, transport and economic factors to show the distribution
of capable lands in the region. The land utilization study along with the LCA lead to the formation of
the following policy sets. The policy set in the BMR RSP 2031 is universally applicable to all LPAs.
The table below shows the Structure Plan policies for Landuse development in the BMR.
Table 9.11: Structural Plan Policies- landuse
POLICY RECOMMENDATIONS
LU1 Land allocation strategy to promote compact development
LU2 Designating urban areas that serve as urban reserves or transition zones
LU3 Decentralization and relocation of congestion generating uses from BBMP
Urban agriculture should be encouraged to achieve urban food security and local employment
LU4
generation
LU5 Development framework to integrate proposed industrial estates
LU6 Minimizing conflicts between the proposed industrial estates and ecologically sensitive areas.
LU7 Environmental impacts of industrial estates
LU8 Green belt management and inclusion in the conservation zone
LU9 Assessment of the proposed conurbations of the Interim Master Plans
EV1 Conservation of productive agricultural lands
EV2 Promote sustainable agricultural practices

EV3 Protection of Surface water Bodies
EV4 Active rejuvenation of lakes and tanks
EV5 Water demand based land use
EV6 Strict control on Ground water extraction
EV7 Integrated Water shed management
EV8 Protection of Environmentally Sensitive Areas
GEV 9 Active Integration of Wastelands in the development strategy
All mining and quarrying activities should be strictly monitored and controlled to effectively
GEV 10
address development and environmental issues in a balanced manner.
The above policies have been considered and special emphasis has been given to LU1, LU5, LU6,
LU7, LU8, EV1 and EV3.
ECONOMY
An analysis of the emerging spatio-economic dynamics show that the proposed industrial
investments (industries and township) indicate the emergence of two cone pattern in the region
defined by major existing and proposed roads. The region between Magadi road and Kanakapura
road show potential for agro based industries while that between Dodballapur and Hosur hosts the
manufacturing and service based industries.
The following are the Structure Plan policy recommendations for the BMR.
Table 9.12: Structural Plan Policies- Economy
POLICY RECOMMENDATION
E1 A comprehensive and elaborate land allocation strategy should be formulated for BMR
Industrial and any other economic locations should be identified based on land
E2
capability.

E3 Spatial spread of economic activities should be planned
E4 Growth of service sector in the BMR should be encouraged.
E5 Encouraging SMEs in the region
BMR should be developed as a nodal area for locating educational, healthcare

E6
facilities and research institutions
E7 BMR should be developed as centre for high-end scientific and engineering industries.
E8 BMR should be developed as business tourism destination
Spatial developed initiatives like new townships / residential areas outside BBMP
E9 should be made integral with the local economy of existing settlement and in
conjunction with larger hinterland.
Small scale and medium scale polluting industries should be located outside the
E 10
BBMP
Settlements in BMR should be made economically sustainable by clustering of

E 11
economic activities.
The areas within the city and emerging investment destinations across BKR and
E 12 existing towns (cluster and growth nodes) should be connected with efficient public
transport system.
Local Economic Development (LED) policy should be developed at each town level as
E 13 a part of the Local Area Development Plan to boost employment in the surrounding
towns.
Special hawking zones within the Bangalore city and in identified locations in each
E 14
zone should be earmarked.
E 15 Environment impact of industrial estates
Proposed industrial estates and large investment destinations should be so developed

E 16
to integrate with local economy and livelihood.

E3, E4, E6, E11, E15 have been considered for the purpose of master plan preparation for the
Anekal LPA. Planned industrial development with due consideration to natural features and
ecologically sensitive areas, proximity to residential and commercial areas have been undertaken.
Proposals have been made to integrate the local economy with the new development.
HOUSING
There was a housing shortage of 0.15 million dwelling units (DU) in the BMR in the year 2001, which
is projected to be increased to 2.56 million in the year 2031. There is a shortage in affordable housing
in the core due to the spiraling land prices which propel a significant part of the population to look for
housing outside the BBMP limits. As per the report of the technical group (11 th five year plan: 2007-
12) on estimation of urban housing shortage, the demand for housing is most by the EWS (43%),
followed by the LIG (38%) and the MIG (11%). The current housing growth of 2% may not be
sustained since majority of the housing demand currently is from the MIG and the LIG. Lack of
affordable housing in the area would lead to an acute shortage of housing stock in 2031.
Table 9.13: Structural Plan Policies- Housing
Government land should be provided within the priority growth centres and new
H1
urbanisable blocks for ‗composite‘ and ‗joint venture‘
A policy to restructure the functions, roles and operations of the Karnataka Housing
Board ( KHB), through innovatory changes in the regulatory framework, should be
H2 implemented to shift focus from house builder to land assembler and infrastructure
facilitator as a joint venture partner with the private sector for the provision of
housing
Measures are required to be taken to provide land for group housing for the urban
H3
poor at subsidized or controlled prices
The main focus of the Karnataka Slum Clearance Board ( KSCB) should be on in-
H4 situ up-gradation through self help processes incorporating the participation of
appropriate NGO‘s.
A range of innovative housing supply solutions, including rental housing, should be

H5
encouraged to help meet the housing needs of the urban poor.

A programme to carry out regular housing needs surveys and to maintain an

H6 appropriate housing management information system in support of the formulation
of effective housing policy and supply targets.
Unauthorized layouts to be regularized within the overall strategic intent of the BMR
H7
RSP 2031
WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION
Table 9.14: Structural Plan Policies - water supply and sanitation
POLICY WATER SUPPLY: RECOMMENDATIONS
W1 Adequate measures to augment supply from surface water source in the BMR
W2 Ensure quality supply in the BMR
W3 Improve efficiency of utilization
W4 Advocate better waste management and conservation measures
W5 Implement measures to protect water bodies and tanks
POLICY SANITATION: RECOMMENDATIONS
S1 Maximise the utility and efficiency of the existing sewerage systems in the BMR
S2 Measures to be taken for augmentation of sewer network
Encourage waste water treatment using appropriate technology to protect

S3
environment and promote the reuse of treated water for non-potable uses
S4 Enforce vigilance against uncontrolled discharge into network.
POWER
Power supply is indispensible for industrial growth and economic development. It is also responsible
for the other critical areas of infrastructure like water supply and environmental sanitation. The BMR
2011 had taken into account the significant power shortage in the state and suggested policy

measures for ―continuous power‖ to enable the vision of decentalised growth in the region to be
realized. The draft RSP 2031 recommends enabling policies to realize the same.
Table 9.15: Structural Plan Policies- power
P1 Enhance power generation capacity with optimum utilization of source
P2 Ensure quality supply of power to the BMR region
Improve operational and financial performance of the distribution sector

P3
company
Introduce improved mechanisms for demand side management so as to

P4
reduce the demand for energy
The BMR draft RSP 2031 provides policy guidelines for the up gradation of the solid waste
management process in the BMR. It proposes the setting up of an integrated solid waste
management facility in the region and utilization of advanced technology to make solid waste disposal
a safe and profitable affair. It also proposed involvement of people for better facilitation of MSW
management by creating awareness through concepts like concepts of source segregation. The
table below lists out the policy guidelines.
Table 9.16: Structural Plan Policies- solid waste management
SWM 1 Integrated solid waste management in the region
Advanced technologies and practices are to be developed to treat the waste

SWM 2
before final disposal and create new economic opportunities
SWM 3 Stakeholder involvement in solid waste management
Encourage decentralized small waste treatment and disposal facilities with the
SWM 4 support of community based organizations to reduce pressure on the centralized
facilities and to extend the life of the centralized facilities

SWM 5 Private public participation in waste treatment and disposal
SWM 7 Mandate segregation of waste at household level
EDUCATION
The draft RSP envisages removing the regional disparity in education level and raising the general
education level in the region. It also provides policies to create a workforce more apt to the
requirements of the region.
Table 9.17: Structural Plan Policies- education
ED1 Mandate minimum standard for all the schools
Enhance capacity of vocational education courses so as to match the employment

ED2
potentials of the region
ED3 Improve access and availability of quality education in the rural areas
There exists regional disparity in terms of health status as in reported by the Task Force on Health
and Family Welfare 2001. The high level of privatization in the health sector in the Bangalore Urban
district creates a sophisticated pool of medical resource which is absent in the surrounding Bangalore
rural and Ramanagara district. The heath policies of the draft RSP 2031 hence aims at up grading the
health scenario in the region.
HEALTH
The Structure Plan Policies proposed for healthcare are as follows

Table 9.18: Structural Plan Policies- health

HE1 Improved access and availability of quality healthcare in Bangalore rural district
HE2 Use of technology to improve accessibility and availability of health services
HE3 Decentralised and participatory process in health planning and monitoring
The above policies have been considered for the master plan exercise.
9.6.5 SECTORAL PROPOSALS
ECONOMY
INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT
The Taluk Industrial Plan of Anekal Taluk has proposed the Industrial plan for the LPA. The plan
should be treated as a guiding framework for developing industries in the LPA.
SITING OF INDUSTRIES
Zoning Atlas should be consulted before siting of industries in the LPA. Pollution and water
intensiveness should be assessed for the same purpose. The following industries are considered as
water intensive industries. Detail studies should be undertaken to evaluate the status of existing
industries and appropriate cess should be levied on them as per The Water (Prevention & Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974, and its amendments.
1. Beverages
2. Food
3. Apparel
4. High Tech – electronic
5. Bio technology & Pharmaceutical
6. Forest Products
7. Mining
8. Power Plants

IMPACT OF INDUSTRIES ON GROUND WATER
The industrial perspective plan for Anekal Taluk lists a range of industries in small scale and medium
scale sector as potential investment options. However, the LPA along with the entire BMR region is
under a threat of water scarcity. Hence proper water management plan should be prepared before
commencement of industrial activities to address issues like ground water depletion, ground water
recharge through water treatment, ground water pollution etc.
The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, and its amendments allow the local authority
to collect cess on industries on the basis of water usage as follows:
Table 9.19: Water cess for Industries as per CPCB
Purpose for which water is Maximum Rate Under Sub
consumed Section 2A of Section 3
Two and one fourth of a paisa per kilo litter (One

Industrial Cooling, spraying in mine pits or boiler
feed
US penny equals about thirty six Indian paisa).
Domestic purpose Three paisa per kilo litter.
Processing whereby water gets polluted and the

Seven and one half paisa per kilo liters
pollutants are easily biodegradable
Processing whereby water gets polluted and the
Nine and a half paisa per kilo liter.

pollutants are not easily bio-degradable and are
toxic.
Water cess may be levied by the authority to control misuse of ground water and generate revenue
for maintenance.

DEVELOPMENT OF LOCAL ECONOMY
Local economy should be strengthened in the entire LPA. Planned commercial centers should be
introduced at the major growth nodes in the LPA – Jigani, Bommasandra, Attibele and Anekal. The
influx of population in the LPA would demand a proper commercial network within the LPA for basic
service delivery. Regularization of Delivery chains and markets should be taken up as a major project
INTEGRATION OF LARGE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES WITH LOCAL ECONOMY & LIVELIHOOD
Large industrial units have been planned in the LPA. Precision Engineering and Machine Tools,
Textiles, Plastics, Construction Material and Rubber and Agro and Food based Industries have been
proposed in the Taluk Industrial development Plan.
These are some of the sectors with highest backward and forward linkages. Forward and backward
linkage of these units should be analyzed in detail to boost the local economy. Art silk, Synthetic
textile manufacturing, Land based Transport, Petroleum products, retail, rubber tyre manufacturing,
recycling industries, Real estate should be used as key industries for boosting the local economy.
Detail studies should be carried out for estimating the quantum of forward and backward linkage and
the investments required.
AGRICULTURE
Capacity building of the farmers in terms of knowledge development and awareness of latest
technologies, soil health improvement (by crop rotation etc.), water conservation and micro irrigation,
integrated post-harvest processing, crop insurance and credit facilities should be undertaken.
Soil moisture conservation and soil fertility improvement program through watershed approach.
Composting/green manuring/ tank silt recycling should be promoted.
Promoting alternate land use systems like Agri-horti system for arable lands (mango, sapota,
tamarind, jack fruit etc.) and Horti-silvi system (mango, sapota + silver oak, casurina, teak),
Silvipasture (block plantation of acacia, silver oak, casurina, D.Sisso, Meliaazardicta, cassia and
muthuga + S.hamata, S.scabra, calaproimum, anjan, Guinea macuaena, etc.) for non-arable lands.
Dryland vegetables (chilli, beans, brinjal, tomato, cluster bean, gourds etc.), Floriculture
(chrysanthemum, jasmine, crossandra marigold, roses etc.) fruits (guava, papaya, banana),
sericulture and coconut plantations should be promoted.

Livestock component (local draught animals, dairy, sheep, piggery, rabbit, apiculture) should be
developed.
INCREASING WORK PARTICIPATION IN THE LPA
The work participation rate in the LPA (Anekal Taluk) is 37% that of Anekal Town is 48%, whereas
that in Karnataka is 41% and at the national level it is 39% 1. An increased work participation rate of
41% should be targeted for the entire LPA (including Anekal Town) till the horizon year 2031.
Government employment programmes such as Prime Minister Rozgar Yojana (PMRY),

Swarnajayanthi Shahari Rozgar Yojna, and Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee
Act should be enforced efficiently to increase work participation.
The industrial potential of the area should also be used to generate employment for local people.
Industrial estates and large investment destinations should be so developed as to integrate with the
local economy. Open settlements should be preferred over closed or gated communities.
TRANSPORT
INCREASING REGIONAL CONNECTIVITY
Regional connectivity is increased through proposal of new regional roads – IRR, STRR, PRR linking
the LPA to other major nodes in the region.
SEGREGATION OF REGIONAL AND INTRA-SETTLEMENT TRAFFIC
Town Ring road has been proposed around Anekal which is the major growth node of the LPA. It
would act as a conurbation boundary as well as serve the purpose of diverting traffic from the centre
of the town.
SEGREGATION OF FREIGHT TRAFFIC
Since major industrial areas have been proposed in the LPA a separate freight corridor is requires
separating the intra settlement traffic and freight traffic. Presently the NH 7 forms the route for both
Census 2011

freight as well as normal traffic. The TRR (town ring road) has been proposed so serve the purpose
by diverting heavy traffic away from the town Centre.
PROPOSAL OF NEW ROADS TO INCREASE CONNECTIVITY
New roads have been proposed to increase the connectivity to developed areas in the LPA. The
STRR proposed in the northern portion of the LPA bridges the lack of connectivity between the NH
207 and SH 35.
WIDENING OF EXISTING MAJOR ROADS
Existing roads in the LPA have been proposed to be widened to accommodate the excess traffic.
BETTER PUBLIC TRANSPORT SYSTEM
Public transport system should be strengthened in the LPA. The second phase of the Bangalore
Metro has its terminal at Bommasandra. An intermodal transport hub has been planned at
Bommasandra for easier transfer between modes and faster communication.
PLANNING FOR NMT (NON-MOTORISED TRANSPORT) FACILITIES
All the major settlements in the LPA (Jigani, Bommasandra, Attibele, Sarjapur) and specially Anekal
town have to be planned for easy pedestrian movement. Studies should be taken up in the town level
to arrive at detailed planning proposal for NMT friendly circulation pattern.
PLANNING FOR PARKING FACILITIES
Parking facilities is completely absent in the LPA. With the growth of the population in the LPA and
the consequent vehicular growth proper planned parking facilities are indispensible part of the
development. Studies should be taken up at town level to recognize inherent problems and arrive at
detail proposals for parking in the towns.
PROPOSAL OF FREIGHT COMPLEX

A freight complex of 500 Ha has been proposed in the LPA to cater to the logistic needs of the
industrial areas proposed in the LPA.
INCREASING CONNECTIVITY TO THE AIRPORT
The Bangalore International Airport is the nearest airport to the LPA located at a distance of 90 km.
The connectivity would be enhanced by the STRR which runs through the LPA.
TRANSIT ORIENTED DEVELOPMENT
Transit Oriented Development should be encouraged in the LPA by proposing higher FAR in the
transit corridor. The Zoning Regulations of the Master Plan 2031 proposed commercial development
all along the National and State Highways and major roads in the LPA.
Detail studies should be undertaken to understand the feasibility of higher FAR along the transit
corridor.
ENVIRONMENT
INTEGRATED MANAGEMENT OF WATER RESOURCES
Integrated Water management programmes should be adopted by the municipalities and urban local
bodies to ensure sustained supply of water to the LPA. Incessant digging of bore well should be
controlled and water loss during transmission and distribution should be minimized. Waste water
treatment should be introduced to recycle and reuse waste water. All surface water bodies should be
protected, maintained and enhanced for long term ecological well-being and water supply.
PROTECTION OF FOREST LANDS
The LPA has boundary to the Bannerghatta national park and has considerable forest land in the
south west quarter. All forest lands need to be protected. Control has to be exercised over approval
of development in the forest lands.
PROTECTION OF AIR QUALITY
Air Quality should be maintained according to the National Ambient Quality Standards prescribed by
the Central Pollution Control Board, by the Prevention and Control of Pollution Act 1981. Studies
should be undertaken regularly in industrial areas, residential areas and sensitive areas to monitor

the quality of air. All polluting industries should adhere to the norms prescribed by the Govt of India
for prevention of sir pollution.
DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Disaster Management capability and equipment should be a part of all Civic Authorities in the LPA as
per the guidelines of the National Disaster Management Authority, GoI. Studies should be undertaken
to formulate a detailed hazard and vulnerability assessment report on the industrial, residential and
sensitive area. Appropriate fund allocation and implementation mechanism should be developed for
the same.
CONSERVATION OF PRODUCTIVE AGRICULTURAL LANDS
The Anekal LPA has some of the most fertile agricultural land in the BMR. Hence all new
developments and land uses have been planned optimising the protection the productive agricultural
lands in the LPA.
PROMOTING SUSTAINABLE AGRICULTURAL PRACTICES
Sustainable agricultural practices should be followed in the LPA. Soil health should be continuously
monitored and programmes such as "Bhumi-Tayiya Arogya" should be promoted to recover soil
quality and fertility. Drip Irrigation should be introduced for crops which do not require flooded fields.
Crop rotation practices should be introduced into the cropping practice to ensure soil fertility and
productivity.
WATER SUPPLY
AUGMENTATION OF WATER AVAILABILITY FOR DOMESTIC AND INDUSTRIAL NEEDS
The area experiences shortage of water and wells are the main modes of sustenance in rural areas
as well as part of urban areas. Ground water in this area is fast depleting. Hence supply of tap water
to the LPA needs to be augmented for both domestic and industrial use.
In order to meet the supply demand, the water supply scheme need to be augmented with identified
source of supply. The alternate water supply sources identified for Anekal were YebbaHalla Valley
and JakkanaHalla valley. JakkanaHalla valley feeds the Bommanahalli Lake, (8 kms from Anekal) in
Arakavathi river basin area. Bommanahalli lake is 177 hectares with live capacity of 19.67 Mcft with

water spread area of 16.18 ha and used for irrigation purposes. Since it is mainly dependent on rain
and used for irrigation, more reliable water source was identified in YebbaHalla Valley which
originates upstream of the Jakkanahallavalley.YebbaHalla is examined in detail here. Water needs to
be extracted from this source from the nearest village namely Huruganadoddi (11 km distance from
Anekal).
The new water supply designed to extract around 15 MLD (considering lpcd 135 in 2033). There is
the reserve forest between Huruganadoddi to Anekal town, therefore the pipeline route needs to be
decided keeping into consideration the reserve forest area (forest departments norms discourage
pipeline excavation /tree felling in reserve forests) therefore estimated length is of about 15 Km, (4
Kms of pipeline length is added to the 11 Km route avoiding reserve forest area) There is a level
difference of more than 100 m from this Source to Anekal town.
AUGMENTATION OF WATER QUALITY
It has been shown in the study that at present only 20% of the population in the LPA avails treated
tap water supply. At present there are no treatment plants in the LPA. Water treatment has to be
made an integral part of the water supply scheme to supply water free of iron and fluoride.
NEW WATER SUPPLY SCHEMES
The study shows that a considerable proportion of the population avail water away from their dwelling
unit. Water source close to dwelling unit should be provided in all areas – urban and rural. New water
supply schemes should be introduces to make drinking water available to all.
CREATION OF WATER TREATMENT PLANTS
Water treatment plants need to be created in the LPA for providing clean drinking water. Area has
been provided in the LPA in the south eastern part for utilities where treatment plants can be located.
The report on water quality by Department of Environmental Science, Bangalore University shows high
concentration of chlorides, bacteria, sulphates and fluorides in the water in the LPA. Hence treatment of water
before consumption should be made mandatory for supply.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Operation and maintenance of water supply pipes and water treatment plant is necessary to meet the
future demand of water. All the above strategy will fail if there is no proper maintenance. All pipeline
leakages need to be identified to prevent loss of water. While ULBs shall enhance the tariff base over

a period of time to ensure that O&M is payable from the revenues, there is an immediate requirement
of O&M funds so as to ensure that the assets created under the scheme are properly maintained.
REDUCTION IN LOSSES IN WATER SUPPLY BY PUBLIC AWARENESS
A series of workshops should be organised across the region to create public awareness on the
importance of water as a national resource and the severe consequences of wasting and polluting
water. Industrial clusters are a source of severe water loss which can pose a serious threat in future.
The State Government along with NGOs should come forward for campaigning.
STRUCTURED PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTICIPATION
Private sector participation is desirable in the PPP format in the sector so that there is a balance
between risks and responsibilities between the government Agencies and the Private Sector.
In view of the same, private Sector Participants shall be invited to leverage on the following possible
benefits:
• Reduction of involvements of Public finance or redirecting them to the poor;
• Induction of greater technical and management expertise;
• Provision of a more responsive service to the customers;
• Sourcing of additional financing;
IMPROVEMENT OF GROUND WATER SITUATION
1. Industrial growth should be effected in a planned manner and it will be mandatory for the
units to allow periodical monitoring of water quality from nearby wells on a regular basis by
agencies like SPB/PHE and should be open for cross checking;
2. For ground water based industries, regular water level and quality monitoring have to be
made compulsory;
3. Rain water harvesting measures have to be adopted by all the industrial establishments
where the water level is not shallow; “Manual For Rainwater Harvesting” to be referred for
methods and design of Rainwater system.

4. Along all nallahs, check dams are to be constructed at 500m intervals to store the rain water
percolation. Desilting of the storage area is to be done regularly before monsoon. The check
dams shall be at least 1.5m to 2.0m height and constructed in masonry.
5. Contour bunding shall be done wherever possible, especially on degraded or unfertile land.
Contour bunds shall be made of earthen fill with protection of gunny bags filled with sand or
earth. They have to be maintained before and after rainy season.
6. Monitoring and inspection of watershed of all tanks is to be made and watersheds are to be
restored to the maximum extent possible.
IMPROVEMENT OF DRAINAGE NETWORK
The surface drains do not have total coverage in the LPA. Anekal town has surface drainage system
in the 5 percent of the total area. In rural areas surface drains are absent. Surface drains have to be
constructedto cover all settlement areas. Drain covers to be provided to all new and existing drains.
COMPLETE COVERAGE OF SEWER NETWORK
The sewerage system has to be extended to cover all settlements in Anekal LPA. Hence sewerage
network has to be constructed in order to bring the coverage up to 100 percent. The design period of
the sewerage system should at least be 30 years. The trunk sewer line from the sources to STPs
shall be laid along the contour. The advantage of natural slopes along the streams, rivers and road
network should be adopted while designing the trunk sewer line.
TOTAL SANITATION TO RURAL AREAS: SANITARY TOILETS
Provision has to be made for assistance to BPL households to build sanitary toilets and upgrade their
septic tanks and construct soak pits, to extend sanitation facilities in the entire LPA.
CONSTRUCTION OF SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANTS
Sewage treatment plants have been planned at Doddakere (near Anekal town) in an area of 3 acres
for treating sewage. Tertiary treatment of sewage can be used as a strategy for ground water
recharge through reclaimed sewage, since water scarcity is a major issue in the LPA. For treated

industrial wastes to be released for irrigation purposes, the final fluid must conform with BIS code IS:
3307-1965.The STPs shall be accessible for ease in construction and repairing of plant and
machineries.
For layouts greater than 10 acres independent sewage treatment plants have been made mandatory.
COMMUNITY AWARENESS CAMPAIGN
A community awareness campaign is needed to make people aware about the benefit of sewer
connections and how it can enhance the present living conditions and environmental quality in their
areas.
SAFE DISPOSAL OF WASTES AND UTILISATION
Appropriate measures have to be taken for safe disposal of septic tank and other wastes. Detachable
dumping chutes should be constructed at selected points in the sewerage system for disposing of the
night soil collected from individual houses. The sewage after treatment should be disposed of either
into a water body like lake, stream, river, ocean or into the land.
The sewage may be utilised for several purposes such as (i) Industrial reuse or reclaimed sewage
effluent in cooling systems, boiler feed, process water etc, (ii) Reuse in agriculture and horticulture,
watering of laws, golf courses etc. (iii) Ground water recharge for augmenting ground water
resources.
PUBLIC TOILETS
Provision of public toilets in the market areas and in the LIG areas.
CONSTRUCTION OF COMMON EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANTS IN THE INDUSTRIAL AREAS
Construction of common effluent treatment plants (CETP) must be made mandatory in the industrial
areas for treatment of industrial wastes before release into the sewerage network.
MUNICIPAL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE
Proper fund allocation must be made for operation and maintenance of the sewage system.
Appropriate organisational/ institutional framework must be provided in the newly developed areas of
the LPA for operation and maintenance of sewage network.

INTEGRATED SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
In view of the projected growth in population and absence of any MSW facilities it is proposed to have
Integrated Solid Waste Management (ISWM) complex. Landfill management site has already been
located at Anekal town. Similar sites should be located in other areas in the LPA after a detail study
of landfill requirement of individual settlements. 2% area has been allocated for utilities in the LPA
which can be utilised for such purposes.
MANAGING MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE
Existing municipal solid waste management system would follow the following strategies for efficient
management in the future.
COLLECTION OF WASTE
Increasing the coverage and efficiency of collection mechanism would help in better management
and in reducing the formation of unhygienic and open dump sites. Segregation of waste into
biodegradable and non-biodegradable components shall be carried at source or at primary collection
centres.
TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL OF WASTES
On the basis of availability of land and financial resources with the service provider, either of the
methods — aerobic composting, anaerobic Digestion or sanitary land filling could be adopted for
treatment and disposal of waste. However, since it appears that land filling would continue to be the
most widely Adopted practice in India in the coming few years, in which case certain Improvements
need to be done to ensure sanitary land filling and not mere dumping of Waste.
AWARENESS CAMPAIGN
Awareness Campaign shall be carried out in order to educate the general public about the disposal of
solid waste at the right place. Awareness campaign shall also be carried out to show and illustrate the
segregation of solid waste. Benefits about cleanliness and hygienic environment should be taught.
LANDFILL FACILITY
Landfill facility is present for Anekal town, though it is not adequate for horizon year 2031. Land has
been allocated for utilities and services in the Landuse plan of Anekal. Land fill facilities should be
located within those areas after proper design considerations.

INSTITUTIONAL AND REGULATORY REFORM
Strengthening urban local bodies to perform efficiently in managing the waste and ensuring
strict enforcement of the recently introduced municipal solid waste (Management and
handling) rules.
It is also imperative to harness and integrate the role of three emerging actors in this field —
the private sector, NGOs, and rag pickers — into the overall institutional Framework.
MANAGEMENT OF INDUSTRIAL WASTES
WASTE SEGREGATION
Many wastes are mixtures of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. Much of their contents may
even be water. By segregating key toxic constituents, isolating liquid fraction, keeping hazardous
streams away from non-hazardous wastes, generator can save substantial amounts of money on
disposal or find new opportunities for recycling and reuse of wastes. The Ministry of Environment,
Government of India, had identified toxicity of different chemicals, through the ‗Manufacture, Storage
and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989‘ in exercise of power conferred by Section 6, 8 and
25 of Environment Protection (E.P). Act, 1986, and had notified mandatory requirements for its
management. In India quantum of generation of wastes (solid/liquid and hazardous/non-hazardous)
for different industry has not been detailed, which is necessary for wastes exchange system or for
adopting treatment/ disposal alternatives for different wastes segregated.
COLLECTION, STORAGE AND TRANSPORT
The unsatisfactory state of storage of hazardous wastes can be remedied to a large degree by such
low-cost measures as restricting access, fencing off the storage area to minimize any wind-blown
nuisance, providing separate covered storage for putrifiable of hazardous wastes, and ensuring
regular and frequent collection. There are certain measures a municipal authority can take to control
the transportation of industrial wastes, even if it does not want to become actually involved itself. For
instance, contractors should be licensed after ensuring that they are technically competent and
environmentally aware and should be allowed to handle industrial wastes. Labelling and coding of
hazardous waste load can be made mandatory so that in the event of an accident, the emergency
services know how to handle a spillage. Municipal authorities can be given the responsibility to
monitor the contractors to minimize cases of fly-tipping and ensure that industrial wastes are
disposed at the appropriate sites. If a municipal authority can also collect industrial waste; industries
must pay the charge which will be based on the quantity and nature of the waste. This might minimize

the quantity of waste produced by industry and at the same time the programme will become
financially viable and self-sustaining. The principle ‗the polluter pays‘ should be adhered to in all such
cases.
COMBINED TREATMENT FACILITIES
Small-scale industries, which contribute about more than half of the total production, also generate
huge quantity of wastes. The small-scale industries are not in a position to treat their solid wastes or
liquid effluent because of space, technical know-how and financial constraints. It is, therefore,
deemed that in a cluster of small-scale industries the different wastes are characterized, identified,
quantified and stored for treatment through a combination of recycling, recovery and reuse of
resources such as, raw material, bio-gas, steam and manure, besides providing an efficient service
facility, to make the system less expensive. The combined effluent treatment plants (CETP) are to be
operated by the local bodies, where the cost of construction, operation and maintenance need to be
shared by individual industries depending upon the quality and quantity of wastes generated.
However, such common treatment facility may require pre-treatment at individual industry to the
extent specified by the State Pollution Control Board. With regard to availability of wastes along with
their identification, quantum of waste generated should also be ascertained so that technology
development/adoption can be considered on economic grounds for a small-scale or organised sector
of industry. If economics justify movement of wastes over longer distances for a centralised plant,
specific subsidies for storage, collection and transportation could be considered. CETPs are being
successfully operated in Gujarat and Andhra Pradesh and such facilities should be promoted in other
States. Small scale industries having waste characteristics similar to those of nearby large industry
having waste treatment facilities can take help in treating their wastes on payment basis.
DISPOSAL METHODS
Depending upon the characteristics of the wastes, different types of disposal methods can be used
for hazardous and non-hazardous industrial wastes. The most predominant and widely practiced
methods for wastes disposal are: (a) Landfill, (b)Incineration and (c) Composting.
Landfilling is still the major disposal method in many countries. Yet in many instances landfilling sites
are not properly chosen in terms of geophysical soilproperties, hydrogeology, topography and
climate. On a proposed site there is aneed to carefully consider the potential for ground or surface
water contaminationfrom pollution by leachate migration or surface run-off from the site.Nonetheless,
even when a site appears to have the right geophysical properties, itsselection and use are not an
absolute guarantee that contamination of groundwatercan be avoided. Hence, continuous

surveillance of the site and its surroundings mustbe maintained to check that the disposal of
hazardous wastes can continue withoutposing a threat to the environment and to the general public.
To reduce this threatlandfill sites have been lined, for example with plastic materials, in order to
preventleaching into groundwater supplies.
Landfill sites for industries should be proposed in the industrial Landuse area after proper
consideration of contours and design specifications of the industrial park.
HEALTH
INCREASING ACCESSIBILITY TO HEALTHCARE
Healthcare facilities should be set up for every village, cluster and major town so that basic
healthcare is accessible to all people. Regulatory and administrative framework should be
strengthened to ensure availability of medical professionals in all healthcare institutions.
Mobile health clinics can be introduced to improve accessibility in remote areas. Healthcare should
also be made a part of corporate social responsibility (CSR) for the industries that would be set up in
the region.
Technology like telemedicine should be used to make healthcare accessible in remote corners of the
LPA.
HEALTHCARE MONITORING
Regular monitoring of health statistics should be undertaken in the LPA to prepare a database and
monitor increase or decrease in health status. Monitoring should be specially undertaken in and
around industrial areas to analyse the impact of industries on public health.
INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK
Institutional and administrative framework should be strengthened and organized to ensure swift
service delivery and strict monitoring and operation of healthcare services. Decentralization of
healthcare service should also be accomplished at LPA level, wherein monitoring can be done
through Panchayats and Civil Societies.

EDUCATION
MORE ACCESSIBLE EDUCATION
Education infrastructure in the LPA is considerably good in all levels of education. However, studies
should be undertaken to judge the accessibility to education in the LPA since majority of the facilities
are privately owned. Effort should be made to education accessible to all.
INCREASE LITERACY RATE IN THE LPA
Basic education facilities need to be strengthened to increase the literacy rate. Education
programmes such as mid-day meals, free bicycles, free uniforms and bags should be promoted in
order to achieve the goal.
INCREASE ENROLMENT RATIO IN THE LPAAND DECREASE DROPOUT RATE
There is a sharp decrease in enrolment rates in the LPA in secondary schools. Schools should be set
up within communicable distances from villages so that education is accessible to everyone.
Incentives should be provided so that students do not have to leave education to support their
families economically.
STUDENT TEACHER RATIO
Student teacher ration should meet the standards prescribed by the ‗Right of Children to Free and
Compulsory Education Act 2009‘. A ratio of 1:30 should be maintained in primary schools and 1:35
should be maintained in secondary schools.
INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES IN SCHOOLS
Infrastructure facilities should be improved in schools across the LPA. Separate girls‘ toilet should be
provided in every unit. Drinking water facility and play grounds should be made compulsory in all
schools. Universally accessible design of structures should be followed for all units.
VOCATIONAL TRAINING SCHOOLS
Vocational training schools should be opened in the LPA to match the industrial workforce
requirement in the LPA. Detail studies should be conducted to ascertain the kind of skills required for

the industries in the LPA based on which proposals should be put forward for establishing vocational
training infrastructure.

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 10 : Phasing of Development
CHAPTER 10
PHASING OF DEVELOPMENT
The Master Plan has been prepared for a plan period of 20 years. Since the area proposed is far
more than the requirement of the near future, uncontrolled and sparse development may take place
in absence of a regulating mechanism for the immediate future. Hence the concept of ‘phasing of
development’ has been introduced as required under section 12 (g) of Karnataka Town and Country
Planning Act, 1861 to bring about gradual and compact development in the Local Planning Area. The
primary objective of act is to guide and regulate the developments within the Local Planning Area in a
phased manner so as to facilitate planning for the provision of infrastructure services like water
supply, sanitation, drainage, transport and social infrastructure.
The projected population in the Local Planning Area is proposed to be accommodated in a phased
manner from 2011-2021 and 2021-2031 as proposed in the phasing map.
No approvals for development/ No Objection Certificate for conversion to non-agricultural use or

change of land use are permissible in the Phase – II (i.e., 2021 – 2031) of urbanizable area. Now the
land uses suggested for the urbanizable area identified for 2021–2031 are only for the purposes of
planning and these urbanizable areas are not marked for any development during phase – I.
However, if any development was initiated in pursuance of earlier No Objection Certificate given by
this Authority for conversion to non-agriculture use/ change of land use by the Authority, the same
would be allowed as per rules, though such developments are not in line with the policy of ensuring
compact and planned development.
The stages by which the plan is to be carried out in phased manner has been prepared based on:
- Present growth trend: the area adjacent to present developed areas have been given priority
for development in the first phase.
- The area required to accommodate the projected population in 2021 and 2031.
- The change of land use and approved layouts permitted by the Government is included in
Phase 1
Population in the the Local Planning Area by 2021 and 2031 is 6.4 lakhs and 16 lakhs respectively. A
population of 25 thousand is proposed to be accommodated in the villages of agricultural zone. The

requirement of area is calculated to accommodate the projected population of 16 lakhs @ 70 pph

density in the Local Planning Area.
Table 10.1: Phasing of population 2021, 2031
YEAR POPULATION URBANISABLE AREA DENSITY
2011 - 2021 6.4 lakhs 10869.71 Ha * 60
2021- 2031 9.6 lakhs 12447.32 Ha 77
Total 16 lakhs 23317.03 Ha 70

*The area calculated is for a population of 6.4 lakhs that is expected to be accommodated in the LPA in till 2021.
** The area calculated is for a population of 9.6 lakhs that is expected to come in the LPA in the period 2021-2031
*** projected population in the conurbation area of the LPA till 2031
The phasing of urbanisable area in the four planning districts have been calculated as follows
Table 10.2: Phasing of development: Sarjapura Planning District
AREA POPULATION Urbanisable area (Ha)*
1700.17
2011-2021 1.08 lakhs (including existing development)
2021-2031 1.97 lakhs 3029.02
Total 3.05 lakhs 4729.19
Table 10.3: Phasing of development: Attibele Planning District

1696.84
2021-2031 2.86 lakhs 4291.03
Table 10.4: Phasing of development: Jigani Planning District

4155.16
2021-2031 2.02 lakhs 1591.79
Table 10.5: Phasing of development: Anekal Planning District

3317.54
2021-2031 2.69 lakhs 3535.48
*Area exclusive of water bodies, forests, agricultural lands and hillocks
The land use analysis for phase-I to be carried out during 2011-21 is detailed below.

Table 10.6:
Landuse analysis of the area to be developed in phase -I in Anekal LPA
AREA
LANDUSE PERCENTAGE
(IN HECTARES)
TOTAL URBANISABLE AREA PHASE 1 10869.71 100.0%
FOREST 33.46 -
TOTAL AREA PHASE 1 11104.98 -
*Excluding of water bodies, forests, hillocks and quarries and agricultural land
**Includes STRR, IRR, RR and ITRR areas
The total urbanisable area in the LPA in phase 1 is 12231.92Ha. All proposed roads in the Master
Plan are to be developed in the 1st phase. The other land uses have been assigned in phase 1 to
bring about compact development and accommodate the population till 2021.
Table 10.7 Urbanisable area in the two phases in Anekal LPA
DESCRIPTION AREA (Ha)

Urbanisable Area Phase 1 10869.71
Urbanisable Area Phase 2 12447.32
Total Urbanisable Area 23317.03

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 11| Enforcement, Evaluation, Monitoring and Implementation
CHAPTER 11
ENFORCEMENT, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND

EVALUATION
As per Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961, Master plan is prepared to guide and
regulate the growth of dynamic urban areas; Master Plan is a physical development plan or land use
plan and is prepared taking into account the land requirement for various uses for a growing
community.
In many ways, Master plan lays down the blueprint for the development of a region and direction in
which growth of the region must be shaped. The proposals of Master Plan have to be implemented
by all concerned stakeholders for it to be an effective instrument for urban planning. The
implementation of Master plan proposals must be reviewed on a periodic basis and a mechanism
must be in place for evaluation of the extent to which identified actions are successfully
accomplished.
11.1 ACTIONS
The identified actions for monitoring can be summarized broadly as follows:
1) To develop compact and complete urban communities
Compact community is a high density urban settlement and is the most sustainable urban form.
Compactness has many advantages, less cost of providing services, less carbon footprint, forging
strong community links being the foremost. A complete urban form has a well-defined and developed
street network with equitable allocation of road space for all modes; mixed land use that reduces the
need and length of a trip; focus on public transport and walking and cycling.
Parameters for review:
Density of development; Completeness of street network with specific focus on completion of missing
links; width and quality of footpaths; creation of bus-bays; development of bus terminals; priority to
public transport by providing dedicated lanes for buses; development of cycle tracks etc.

1) To enhance the character and quality of public realm to suit the varied requirements of
the community.
What makes an urban community liveable? Historically, many towns/cities always had a main market
streets, public plazas etc. where people could congregate and interact. The public realm comprises of
the places where the children could play; the old could meet and chat and the young could hang-out,
and the people in other age-groups could catch up with their friends after work or exercise in the
mornings or do their shopping without the threat of being run over by a passing vehicle. Public realm
must have something for every age group. Well-developed Parks, play grounds, pedestrianized
areas etc. enhance the quality of public realm.
Parameters for review:
Development of parks on hierarchical basis (neighbourhood/ city /town level); Networking of green
spaces along nalas, lakes, rivers etc./ buffer spaces to form a network of green links for
walking/cycling; Pedestrianization of market streets, temple streets, heritage areas etc.
2) To proactively encourage the development of a sustainable community by

discouraging use of personal vehicles and thereby, reduce the carbon footprint of the
community.
Unbridled growth of personal vehicles adds to congestion, air-pollution and increase in unproductive
time spent in commuting for the community. Many indirect costs like parking costs are not considered
when people make a choice to buy a two-wheeler or a car as parking is free in many of our
cities/towns. Parking on streets also reduces the road width available for movement of
people/vehicles and further causes congestion problems. Like good habits that need to be inculcated
from childhood, paid parking has to be implemented irrespective of the fact that the city/town has
manageable traffic.
Parameters for review: Implementation of parking policy with parking pricing; demarcation of areas
where vehicles can be parked and where they cannot be parked; enforcement measures; Provision of
cycle parking etc.
3) To facilitate seamless freight movement while ensuring that the ambience of the city is
not affected due to movement of trucks etc. through the city.
Parameters for review:Development of designated parking areas for heavy goods vehicles/logistic
hubs.

4) To preserve historically and culturally important landmarks, and to ensure that public
infrastructure and facilities within the city/town are aesthetically designed and
constructed from architectural and functional point of view, and contribute to
enhancing the ethos of the city/town.
Parameters for review: Identification of historically and culturally important buildings and
development of plans for their preservation; developing design guidelines for new public
buildings.
5) To enhance the per-capita green space in the city/town with attention to protection of
local bio-diversity.
Parameters for review: Development of guidelines for city plantation; extent of plantation proposed
during the year etc.
11.2 MONITORING AND EVALUATION
Master plan for the plan period 2031 will be successful only if the objectives listed above are
implemented in co-ordination with all implementing agencies. It is necessary to put in a mechanism
to ensure that implementation of master plan proposals are periodically reviewed.
A master plan review committee is set up under the Deputy Commissioner of the district as follows,
for this purpose.
Sl. Members
1 Deputy Commissioner of concerned District Chairman
2 Representative of B.M.R.D.A not below the rank of Deputy Director Member
3 Executive engineer, P.W.D. Member
4 Representative of Zilla Panchayat Member
5 Commissioner/ Chief Officer of respective Municipality Member
6 Member Secretary of Local Planning Authority Member-Convener
7 Representative of BWSSB,BESCOM ,KAIDB & KHB( invitees as and Member

when required)
The committee is expected to meet every quarter to review the performance with respect to specific
targets that must be identified in the first meeting of the committee. All the proposals/ projects/

schemes identified for implementation or enforcement are prioritised to be developed in phases over
the plan period of 20 years depending on the mode of development and funding.
An independent evaluation of master plan will be done by BMRDA every five years to gauge
the effectiveness of the implementation of the Master plan proposals.
11.3 FISCAL PLAN FOR 2031
The fiscal requirement for infrastructure provision based on the proposals of the Master Plan 203,
have been calculated as shown in the table below. Unit prices have been considered from similar
projects elsewhere.
Table 11.1: Financial Proposal for Development of Roads

S ITEM WIDTH LENGTH LAND DEVELOPMENT TOTAL
L ACQUISITION COST (crore) FINANCIAL
COST (crore) REQUIREMENT
(crore)
1 STRR 90M 29.4 KM 2278.52 235.2 2513.72
2 ITRR 90m 23.73 9881.35 91.8 9973.15
3 IRR 90m 12.75 322.06 2.992 325.05
4 RR 60m 6.24 1839.35 17.088 1856.44
5 NH 7 60 20.02 869.73 24.02 893.76
6 NH 207 40 12 413.34 14.4 427.74
7 SH 35, SH 86 30 46.5 1201.26 55.8 1257.06
5 MASTER PLAN 18 35.84 555.42 43.008 598.43

PROPOSED ROADS
6 MASTER PLAN 24 129.95 2684.97 155.94 2840.91

PROPOSED ROADS
7 MASTER PLAN 30 109.82 2833.08 131.784 2964.87

PROPOSED ROADS
8 MASTER PLAN 45 112.99 4378.80 135.588 4514.38

PROPOSED ROADS
TOTAL 27257.89 907.624 28165.52

The total cost of provision of transport infrastructure including the BMR proposed roads (STRR, IRR,
RR, ITRR) is 28165crores (including development and land acquisition cost).
The total cost of development of parks and public and semi-public areas have been calculated in the
table below. The total cost of developing parks including land acquisition and development cost is
10560 crores. Cost of acquiring land for public and semi-public uses is 6863 crores.
Table 11.2: Financial Proposal for Other Public Amenities

TOTAL
LAND
AREA PROPOSED IN DEVELOPMENT FINANCIAL
SL CATEGORY ACQUISITION
MASTER PLAN 2031 COST (crore) REQUIREMENT
COST (CRORE)
(crore)
1 PARKS 1225.07 10548.72 12.25 10560.97
PUBLIC AND
2 SEMI PUBLIC 797.75 6863.13 - 6863.13
USES
The total cost of provision of infrastructure in the LPA as proposed in the Master Plan 2031 is
45597.58 crores.

PART II
ZONING REGULATIONS
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Chapter 12| Zoning Regulations
CHAPTER 12
ZONING REGULATIONS
12.1 INTRODUCTION
In order to promote public health, safety and the general social welfare of the community, it is
necessary to apply control and reasonable limitation on the development of land and buildings.
This is to ensure that most appropriate, economical and healthy development of the entire
Anekal Local Planning Area including Anekal Town takes place in accordance with the land
use plan, and its continued maintenance over the years. For this purpose, the LPA is divided
into number of use zones, such as Residential, Commercial, Industrial, Public and Semi Public,
Park and Open Space etc. Each zone has its own regulations, as the same set of regulations
cannot be applied to the entire area.
Zonal Regulations protects residential areas from the harmful invasions of commercial and
industrial uses and at the same time promotes the orderly development of industrial and
commercial areas, by suitable regulations on spacing of buildings to provide adequate light, air,
protection from fire, etc. It prevents overcrowding in buildings and on land to ensure adequate
facilities and services.
Zoning is not retrospective. It does not prohibit the uses of land and buildings that are lawfully
established prior to the coming into effect of these Zonal Regulations. If these uses are contrary
to the newly proposed uses, they are termed non-conforming uses and are gradually eliminated
over years without inflicting unreasonable hardship upon the property owner.
The Zonal Regulations and its enforcement ensure proper land use and development and form
an integral part of the Master Plan. It also ensures solutions to problems of development under-
local conditions.
The Zonal Regulations for Anekal Local Planning Area prepared under the clause (a) of sub-
section (1) of section 12 of the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 are detailed
below:

12.1. 1 Establishment of Zones and Zonal Maps
The local planning area is divided into use zones such as Residential, Commercial,
Industrial etc., as shown in the enclosed maps.
12.1.2 Zonal boundaries and interpretations of Zonal Regulations.

These regulations set out the various uses of land:
a. Those are permitted.

b. Those may be permitted under special circumstances by the Authority in
different zones.
The regulations governing minimum size of plot, maximum plot coverage, minimum front, rear
and side setbacks, minimum road widths and maximum number of floors and height of
structures are set out in these regulations.
NOTE:
a. Where there is uncertainty as regards to the boundary of the zones in the approved
maps, it shall be referred to the Authority and the decision of the Authority in this regard
shall be final.
b. For any doubt that may arise in interpretation of the provisions of the Zonal Regulations,
the Authority shall consult BMRDA or the Director of Town & Country Planning,
Government of Karnataka, Bangalore.
c. Where there is uncertainty in identifying alignment of nala, canal, river, existing public
road, railway line, high-tension line and any religious building position and also survey
number boundaries in the approved maps, it shall be referred to the actual position on
ground and decision taken by the Authority in this regard shall be final.
d. Change of Land Use from Approved Master Plan
No change of land use cases shall be entertained by the Authority under section 14-A of
Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act (K.T.C.P. Act), 1961 in the “Agricultural
Zone” as such changes contravene the provisions of Master Plan.

e. Phasing and Compact Development

The projected population in the Local Planning Area is proposed to be accommodated in
a phased manner from 2011-2021 and 2021-2031 as proposed in the phasing map.
However no approvals for development/ No Objection Certificate for conversion to non-
agricultural use or change of land use are permissible in the Phase – II (i.e., 2021 –
2031) of urbanizable area. Now the land uses suggested for the urbanizable area
identified for 2021 – 2031 are only for the purposes of planning and these urbanizable
areas are not marked for any development during phase – I.
However if any development was initiated in pursuance of earlier No Objection
Certificate given by this Authority for conversion to non-agriculture use/ change of land
use by the Authority, the same would be allowed as per rules, though such
developments are not in line with the policy of ensuring compact and planned
development.
12.1.3 DEFINITIONS
In these Zonal Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, the expressions given below
shall have the meaning indicated against each of them.
1. “Act” means the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act (K.T.C.P. Act), 1961.
2. „„Addition or Alteration” means a structural change including an addition to the area
or change in height or the removal of part of building, or any change to the structure, such
as the construction or removal or cutting of any wall or part of a wall, partition, column,
beam, joist, floor including a mezzanine floor or other support, or a change to or closing of”
any required means of access ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipment „„as
provided in these Zonal Regulations.
3. „„Amalgamation” means clubbing of two or more authorized plots.
4. „„Amenity” includes roads, street, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds,
playgrounds, gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage,
drainage, public works and other utilities, services and conveniences.
5. „„Apartment” means a room or suite or rooms, which are occupied or which is intended
or designed to be occupied by one family for living purpose.
6. „„Apartment building / multi dwelling Unit” means a building containing four or more
dwelling units, or two buildings blocks, each containing two or more dwelling units on a
given property. This word is synonymous with residential flat.

7. "Applicant” means any person who gives notice to the Authority for any approval with
an intention to take up any development work.
8. “Auditorium” means Premises having an enclosed space to seat audience and stage
for various performances such as concerts, plays, music etc.
9. “Authority” means Planning Authority constituted for Anekal Local Planning area under
the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961.
10. “Balcony” means a horizontal cantilever projection including a handrail or balustrade, to
serve as passage or sit out place.
11. “Basement storey or cellar” means any storey, which is partly / wholly below the
ground level. The basement height should not project more than 1.2 m above the
average ground level.
12. “Bifurcation” means bifurcation of a plot into two.
13. „„Building” includes;
a. A house, out-house, stable, privy, shed, well, verandah, fixed platform, plinth, door
step and any other such structure whether of masonry, bricks, wood, mud, metal or
any other material whatsoever;
b. A structure on wheels simply resting on the ground without foundation;
c. A ship, vessel, boat, tent and any other structure used for human habitation or used
for keeping animals or storing any article or goods on land.
14. “Building Line “means the line up to which the plinth of buildings may lawfully extend
within the plot on a street or an extension of a street and includes the line prescribed, if
any, or in any scheme.
15. “Building Set Back” is the minimum distance between any building or structure from the
boundary line of the plot.
16. “Bus Depot” means premises used by public transport agency or any other agency for
parking, maintenance and repair of buses. These may include the workshop.
17. “Bus Terminal” means a premises used by public transport agency to park the buses
for short duration to serve the public. It may include the related facilities for
passengers.
18. „„Carriageway” means the clear motorable width within the road right of way without any
obstructions such as drains, trees, electric poles, etc. The carriageway surface may be
or may not be paved. Width of the carriage way or the width of the pavement depends
on the width of the traffic lane and number of lanes.

19. „„Chajja” means a continuous sloping or horizontal cantilever projection provided over
an opening or external wall to provide protection from sun and rain.
20. “Chimney” means a structure usually vertical containing a passage or flue by which the
smoke, gas, etc., of a fire or furnace are carried off and by means of which a draught is
created.
21. “Civic Amenity" means a market, a post office, a bank, a bus stand or a bus depot, a
fair price shop, a milk booth, a school, a dispensary, a maternity home, a child care
centre, a library, a gymnasium, a recreation centre run by the Government or Local
Authority, a centre for educational, religious, social or cultural activities or philanthropic
service run by a co-operative society or society registered under the Karnataka
Societies Registration Act, 1960 (Karnataka Act 17 of 1960) or by a trust created wholly
for charitable, educational or religious purposes, a police station, fire station, an area
office or a service station of the Local Authority or the Karnataka Urban Water Supply
and Drainage Board or the Karnataka Electricity Supply Companies, State and Central
Govt. offices and such other amenity as the Government may by notification specify.
22. “Clinic”: A premises used for treatment of out–patients by a doctor.
23. “Clinical Laboratory”: A premises used for carrying out tests for diagnosis of ailments.
24. “Commercial Building” means a building or part of a building, which is used as shops,
and/or market for display and sale of merchandise either wholesale or retail, building
used for transaction of business or the keeping of accounts & records for similar
purpose; professional service facilities, corporate offices, software services, offices of
commercial undertakings and companies, petrol bunk, restaurants, lodges, nursing
homes, cinema theatres, multiplex, kalyana mantapa, banks ,community hall and clubs
run on commercial basis. Storage and service facilities incidental to the sale of
merchandise and located in the same building shall be included under this group,
except where exempted.
25. “Common Wall” means a wall built on land belonging to two adjoining owners, the wall
being the joint property of both owners.
a) If two adjoining owners build a dividing wall on their property, they are not common
walls and no part of the footings of either wall shall project on to the land of the
adjoining owner, except by legal agreement between the owners.
b) Any such „„common” or “dividing” wall shall be considered for the purpose of these
byelaws, as being equivalent to an external wall as far as the thickness and height
are concerned.

26. “Community Hall” means congregational place to be developed by Government or

Local Bodies, Trust, Society, etc., and having a Hall without separate kitchen and
dining. No upper floor shall be permitted.
27. “Convention Centre” means premises having enclosed space for conducting seminars,
conferences and exhibitions without cooking facilities.
28. “Corner Plot/ Corner Site” means a plot facing two or more intersecting
Streets/Roads.
29. “Corridor” means a common passage or circulation space including a common
entrance hall.
30. „„Court yard” means a space permanently open to the sky either in the interior or
exterior of a building within the site around a structure.
31. “Covered Area” means area covered by building / buildings immediately above the
plinth level, but does not include the space covered by;
a. Court yard at the ground level, garden, rocky area, well and well structures, plant,
nursery, water pool, swimming pool (if uncovered) platform around a tree, tank,
fountain, bench with open top and unenclosed sides by walls and the like;
b. Drainage, culvert, conduit, catch-pit, gully-pit, chamber gutter and the like;
c. Compound or boundary wall, gate, un-storied porch and portico, chajja, slide, swing,
uncovered staircase, watchman booth including toilet. The area covered by
watchman booth or pump house shall not exceed 15 sq m depending on the size of
the plot and its requirement.
d. Sump tank and electric transformer.
32. “Cross Wall” means an internal wall within the building up to the roof level or lintel
level.
33. “Cultural Building” means a building built by a Trust, Society, Government or Local
body for cultural activities.
34. “Density” means concentration of population expressed in terms of number of persons
per hectare in a particular area.
35. “Detached Building” means a building, the walls and roof of which are independent of
any other building in the same plot with open spaces on all sides, except the portion
covered by the garage.
36. „„Duplex” means a residential apartment in two levels connected with an internal
staircase.
37. “Drains” means natural valleys intended for flow of storm water /rain water.
38. „„Drainage” means the removal of any waste liquid by a system constructed for this
purpose.

39. “Dwelling Unit /Tenement” means an independent housing unit with separate facility
for living, cooking and sanitary requirements.
40. „„Exit” means a passage, channel or means of egress from any floor to a street or other
open space of safety.
41. “External Wall” means the outer wall of the building not being a partition wall even
though adjoining a wall of another building and also a wall abutting on an interior open
space of any building.
42. “First Floor” means the floor immediately above the ground floor or stilt, on which
second and other floors follow subsequently.
43. “Flatted Factory” means a premises having group of non-hazardous small industrial
units as given in Schedule I having not more than 50 workers and these units may be
located in multi-storied industrial buildings.
44. “Floor” means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building.
The general term “floor” does not refer basement or cellar floor and mezzanine.
45. „„Floor Area Ratio”(FAR) means the quotient of the ratio of the combined gross area of
all floors, except the areas specifically exempted under these regulations, to the total
area of the plot, viz.
Total floor area of all the floors
Floor Area Ratio = ----------------------------------------------
Plot Area
46. “Footing” means the projecting courses at the base of a wall to spread the weight over a
large area.
47. "Foundation” means that part of structure which is below the lowest floor and which
provides support for the superstructure and which transmits the load of the
superstructure to the bearing strata.
48. “Frontage” means the width of any site/land abutting the access/public road.
49. „„Garage” means a structure designed or used for the parking of vehicles.
50. “Government” means the Government of Karnataka.
51. “Ground Floor” means immediately above the level of the adjoining ground level on all
sides or above the basement floor.
52. “Guidance Value” is the value fixed by the Sub-Registrar for the land/building as per
The Karnataka Stamp Act -1957.
53. “Gas go-down” means premises where LPG cylinders are stored.

54. “Ground Coverage” means the total area covered by building immediately above the
plinth level. Swimming pool, sump tank, pump house and electric substation, utilities are
not included.
55. „„Group Housing” means apartments or group of apartments on a minimum plot size of
1 hectare or more with one or more floors and with one or more dwelling units in each
floor. They are connected by an access of not less than 3.5 m in width, if they are not
approachable directly from the road.
56. “Habitable Room” means a room occupied or designed for occupancy by one or more
persons for study, living, sleeping, Eating, cooking but does not include bathrooms
water closet compartments, laundries serving and storage pantries, corridors , cellars,
attics and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended periods.
57. “Hazardous Building” means a building or part thereof used for:
a. Storage handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances or of highly
combustible or explosive materials or of products which are liable to burn with
extreme rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes or explosive emanations;
b. Storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly corrosive,
toxic or noxious alkalis, acids, or other liquids, gases or chemicals producing flame,
fumes and explosive mixtures, etc. or which result in division of matter into fine
particles capable of spontaneous ignition.
58. “Head Room” where a finished ceiling is not provided the lower side of the Joists or beams
or tie beams shall determine the clear headroom.
59. „„Height of Building” means the vertical distance measured in the case of flat roofs from
the average road level of the site to the top of the roof and in the case of pitched roofs
up to the point where the external surface of the outer wall intersects a finished surface
of the sloping roof and in case of gable facing the street, the midpoint between the eave-
level and the ridge. Architectural features, service no other function except that of
decoration shall be excluded for the purpose of measuring height. Water tank,
chimneys, lift room, stair case room, and parapet are also excluded for the purpose of
measuring height. The aggregate area of such structures shall not exceed 1/10th of the
roof area of the building upon which they are erected.
60. “Heritage Building” means a building possessing architectural, aesthetic, historic or
cultural values, which is declared as Heritage building by the Planning Authority, Anekal
or any other Competent Authority within whose jurisdiction such building is situated.
61. “Heritage Precinct” means an area comprising heritage building or buildings and
precincts there of or related places which is declared as such by the Planning Authority,
or any other Competent Authority within whose jurisdiction such building is situated.

62. „„High Density Development” means development which include star hotels, shopping
malls, multiplexes, commercial complexes, IT and BT.
63. “High-rise Building” means a building of height of G+4 or 15 m or more above the
average ground level. However, chimneys, cooling towers, boiler, rooms/ lift machine
rooms, cold storage and other not-working areas in case of industrial buildings and
water tanks, and architectural features in respect of other buildings may be permitted
without reckoning for height.
64. “Hospital” is premises providing medical facilities of general or specialized nature for
treatment of indoor and outdoor patients.
65. “Hotels”: A premises used for lodging or payment with or without boarding facilities.
66. “Integrated Residential Schools”: A premises having educational and playing facilities
for students up to XII standard and also having boarding facilities for students and
faculty members.
67. “Industrial Building” means a building wholly or partly used as a factory, for the
manufacture of products of all kinds and related activities (including fabrication and
assembly, power plant, refinery, gas plant distillery, brewery, dairy, factory, workshop
etc.)
68. “IT Infrastructure companies” means the real estate Infrastructure developer or a
builder, registered under Indian Companies Act, 1956, having core competency in
constructing IT office space for sale or for lease cum sale to IT Industry for the purpose
of IT activities by the IT industry.
69. “IT/ITES Park” is defined as exclusively delineated or earmarked site/area of 2000 sq m
land and above managed and developed/ to be developed with IT office space and
other amenities and made available on lease basis for IT industry, to provide “ plug and
play” facilities as per the stipulations contained herein.
70. “IT/ ITES Campus” is defined as IT office space and other amenities developed by an
IT Company on its own land and for its own use.
71. “IT/ITES Special Economic Zone (SEZ)” is notified by government of India as IT/ITES
SEZ developed in an area of 25 acres and above to be developed by a developer or co-
developer, according to the provisions of The SEZ Act, 2005.
72. “Junk Yard” means premises for covered semi covered or open storage including sale
and purchase of waste goods, commodities and materials.
73. „„Kalyana Mantapa” means premises where marriages, social and religious functions
are conducted with cooking facilities.

74. “Land Use” includes the purpose to which the site or part of the site or the building or
part of the building is in use or permitted to be used by the Authority on any specified
date. Land use includes zoning of land use as stipulated in the Master Plan and the
Zonal regulations.
75. „„Layout “means any subdivision of land with the formation of a new road or an access
road. It may consist of single or multiple sites.
76. „„Layout Plan” means sub division of plot (residential or non residential) with proposed
road network and provision for Parks and Civic Amenities.
77. “License” means an authorization or permission in writing by the ULB to carry out any
building construction.
78. “Lodging” is a premises used for lodging on payment.

79. “Loft” means a residual space above normal floor level which may be constructed or
adopted for storage purposes.
80. “Lift” means an appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or
more levels in a vertical direction by means of a guided car platform.
81. „„Master Plan” means Master Plan, 2031 prepared for the Local Planning Area of
Anekal approved by the Government under the Karnataka Town and Country Planning
Act, 1961.
82. “Mezzanine Floor” means an intermediate floor between Ground floor and First floor
only, with area of mezzanine floor restricted to 1/3 of the area of that floor and with a
minimum height of 2.20m. Mezzanine floor is permitted on commercial uses only. Such
Mezzanine floor shall be accessible only from the Ground floor.
83. “Multilevel Car Parking (MLCP)” means multilevel R.C.C. structure used for vehicle
parking connected to all floors by means of ramps or ramps with mechanical elevators.
MLCP can be an independent structure or part of a building with other land uses.
84. “Multiplex” means, a building housing an entertainment and cultural centre including
cinema theatres, restaurants, food courts, shops etc.

85. “Nursing Home” means, a premises having medical facility for in-patient and out-patient
patients, providing up to 30 beds.
86. „„Open Space” means an area forming an integral part of the plot, left open to sky in a
building.
87. “Parapet” means a low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or balcony.
88. “Parking Space” means an area enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open sufficient in
size to park vehicles together with a drive-way connecting the parking space with a
street or any public area and permitting the ingress and egress of the vehicles.
89. “Park”: An area used for leisure, recreational activities, it may have related landscaping,
public toilet and fence.
90. “Playground”: An area used for outdoor games, it may have on it landscaping, parking
facilities and public toilet.
91. “Penthouse” means a covered space not exceeding 10 sq m on the roof of a building,
which shall have at least one side completely open.
92. „„Plinth” means the portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding ground
and surface of the floor immediately above the ground.
93. “Plinth Area” means the built up covered area of the building.
94. “Plinth Level” means the level of the floor of a building immediately above the
surrounding ground.
95. “Plot or Site”: A parcel of land enclosed by definite boundaries and held in one
ownership.
96. “Porch or Portico” means a roof cover supported on pillars or cantilevered projection
for the purpose of pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building.
97. “Public and Semi-Public Building” means a building used or intended to be used
either ordinarily or occasionally by the public and owned by State or Central
Government or Quasi Government or Local Authorities such as offices, religious
institutions (a church, temple, chapel, mosque or any place of public worship),
educational institutions (college, school), health institutions, library, cultural and
recreational institutions/theatres of non commercial nature, public concert room, public

hall, hospital run by public institutions, public exhibition hall, lecture room or any other
place of public assembly. Dharmashala.
98. “Pump Room” means a room provided below ground level adjacent to sump tank to
house various types of pumps with self priming mechanism however the entrance shaft
of the pump room of a maximum of 2Mx2M may be permitted above the ground level.
99. “Recreational Club” is a premises used for assembly of a group of persons for social
and recreational purposes with all related facilities.
100. “Repair Shop” is a premises similar to retail shop for carrying out repair of house hold
goods, electronic gadgets, automobiles, cycles etc.,
101.“Residential Building” means a building used or constructed or adopted to be used
wholly for human habitation and includes garden, ground, garages, stables, and other
out-houses if any, necessary for the normal use of the building as a residence.
102. “Restaurant” is a premise used for serving food items on commercial basis including
cooking facilities, with covered or open space or both having seating facilities.
103.”Retail Shop” is a premise for sale of commodities directly to the Consumer with
necessary storage.
104. “Right of way (ROW) ” is the width of land acquired for the Road, along its alignment.
It should be adequate to accommodate all the cross sectional elements of the
highway and may reasonably provide for future development. To prevent
development along highways, control lines and building lines shall be provided. Control
line is a line which represents the nearest limits of future uncontrolled building activity in
relation to a road. Building line represents a line on either side of the road; between
which and the road no building activity is permitted at all.
100. ”Road Level” is the level of the road at the access to the property or in the event of
more than one entrance to the property the road level considered shall be at the centre
of the property frontage. The level of the road shall be taken at the centre of the carriage
way.
101. “Road Width” means the distance between the boundaries of a road including footways
and drains measured at right angles to the centre of the plot.
Note: In case of sites at T junction or at the intersection of multiple roads, the width of the
road parallel to the site shall be considered.
107. “Room Height” means the vertical distance measured between the finished floor
surface and the finished ceiling surface where a finished ceiling is not provided, the
underside of the joist or beams or tie beams shall determine the upper point of
measurement. The minimum height of the room shall be 2.75 m.

108. “Row Housing” means more than one residential buildings in a row attached to each
other with only front, rear and interior open spaces.
109. “Semi-detached Building” means a building detached on three sides with open
spaces as specified in these regulations.
110. “Service Apartment” means fully furnished room or suite or rooms with kitchen, which
is intended to be used on rental basis.
111. “Service Road” means a road / lane provided adjacent to a plots(s) for access or
service purposes as the case may be.
112. “Services” means activities incidental to the land use of the building such as electrical
sub-station, electrical panel room, generators, HVAC (Heating, Ventilation & Air
conditioning) facilities, plumbing and sanitary facilities, STP, refrigeration and cold
storage, fire fighting facilities, building management systems, car park management
facilities and similar such activities.
113. Service Industry” means an industry where services are offered with or without
power. If power is used, aggregate installed capacity shall not exceed 5 HP. The site
area shall not exceed 240 sq m. Service industries shall be permitted in the
Residential and commercial zone under special circumstances and in the light
industries zone of the Master Plan as given in Schedule I.
114. “Set back” means the open space prescribed under these Zonal Regulations
between the plot boundary and the plinth of the building.
115. “Stilt Floor” means a floor consisting of columns, used only for vehicle parking It
may also be open parking area provided at ground level and not be covered by
enclosures and shutters. The height of the stilt floor shall be a minimum of 2.4m and
shall not exceed 3.0m. The height shall be considered for calculating the total height
of the building. In case of mechanical or multi level parking the maximum height shall
be 3.6 m.
116. “Storey” means the space between the surface of one floor and the surface of the
other floor vertically above or below.
117. „„Staircase Room” means a room accommodating the stairs and for purpose of
providing protection from weather and not used for human habitation.
118. „„Town Municipality” means the Town Municipal Council of Anekal established under
the Karnataka Municipality Act.
119. “Villa” An independent house/dwelling on a given plot.
120. “Wholesale” An area where goods and commodities are sold or, delivered to retailers,
the premises include storage/ go down, loading and unloading facilities.

121. “Zonal Regulations” mean the Regulations governing land use made under the
Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961.
Note: -
1. The words and expressions not defined in these regulations shall have the same
meaning as in the Karnataka Town and Country Planning Act, 1961 and Rules, the
Building Bye Laws of Bangalore Mahanagara Palike and National Building Code of India
2005.
2. All permissions accorded by Anekal Planning Authority or BMRDA or Government prior

to coming into force of these Zonal Regulations shall be treated as conforming uses
irrespective of the classification made in the Master Plan 2031. This is to be allowed on a
case by case basis only.
3. Any other unforeseen situations that arise during implementation of this Zonal
Regulations for which provisions are not found in this, the Authority may take decision in
consultation with the BMRDA or Director of Town & Country Planning.
4. The Authority till the framing of its own Building Byelaws under Section 75 of the KTCP
Act 1961 shall adopt the relevant portions of the Building Byelaws of the Bangalore
Mahanagara Palike not covered under these Regulations in respect of size of drawings,
qualifications of persons drawing the plans, size of habitable rooms, ventilation, facilities
for physically handicapped persons, fire safety requirements, staircase details, etc. in a
building
5. Safety measures against earthquake in building construction:

Buildings shall be designed and constructed adopting the norms prescribed in the
National Building Code and in the “criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures”
bearing No. IS 1893-2002 published by the Bureau of Indian Standards, making the
buildings resistant to earthquake.

12.2 ZONING OF LAND USE
For the purpose of these regulations, the planning area of the town is divided into following
use zones.
1. Residential
2. Commercial
3. Industrial
4. Public and Semi-Public
5. Public Utilities
6. Open Spaces, Parks, Playgrounds, Buffer along River and Burial Ground
7. Transport and Communication
8. Agricultural Use
9. Areas of special control
NOTE:
i. Uses permissible under special circumstances by the Authority in different
zones provided that:-
a) All changes are in public interest;
b) The proposal for all such changes are displayed in the notice board of the
Planning Authority, inviting objections from the public within a period of not
less than fifteen days from the date of display as may be specified by the
Planning Authority.
ii. Roads are permitted in all the zones.
iii. Prior to giving permission for religious use and school or college buildings in
different zones either under uses permissible or under special circumstances by
the Authority, instructions given in Government Circular No. Na A E 237 Be Ma
Praa 2009 dated 19-09-2009 is to be followed.
iv. Uses permitted in all the above category of zones are subject to space standards
as given in Table-1.

v. Space standards for various buildings/ uses in different zones are strictly adhered
to while giving permission for change of land use / alienation as prescribed in
Table – 1.
Uses of land that are permitted and those that may be permitted under special
circumstances by the Anekal Planning Authority in different zones of the local planning area
shall be as follows:
12.2.1 RESIDENTIAL ZONE:
a. Uses permitted:
Dwellings units/tenements, plotted residential developments, villas, semi

detached houses apartments, multi dwelling housing, service apartments, group
housing, hostels including working women and gents hostels, old age homes,
Dharmashala, orphanages, places of public worship, schools offering higher primary
school courses, kinder garden/kids play area, Daycare, crèche (with a minimum site
area of 500 sq. m for nursery schools and 1000 sq. m for lower primary schools) public
libraries, post and telegraph offices, telephone exchange, Karnataka Power
Transmission Corporation Limited Counters, milk booths, HOPCOM centres, STD
booths, mobile phone service repairs, computer institutes.
b. Uses that are permitted under special circumstances by the Authority:
Municipal, state and central government offices, public utility buildings,

cemeteries, golf clubs, banks, nursing homes, higher primary schools with minimum
site area of 2000 sq m, hospitals, (with a minimum site area of 750 sq. m and the site is
abutting a road of minimum 12 m width), philanthropic uses, fuel storage depots, filling
stations, service industries with noc from KSPCB(for all the above industries and those
as per the list given in Schedule-I, power required for air conditioning, lifts and
computers are excluded from HP specified above), power loom for silk twisting
provided the noise generated shall be within the limit prescribed by the Ministry of
Environment and Forest, Government of India / gas cylinder storage provided it
satisfies all required norms of safety, neighbourhood or convenience shops limited to
20 sq. m., internet café centres, doctors consulting, Room, not exceeding 20.00 sq m.

pay & use toilets and service apartments, vehicle parking including multilevel car
parking.
Note:
a) Diesel generators equivalent to the quantity of power supplied by the Karnataka Power
Transmission Corporation Limited (KPTCL) may be permitted as substitute to power
cut and power failures in any zone after obtaining information on the quantity of power
supplied to a premises and the capacity of generator required from KPTCL. However,
in residential zone installation of diesel generators be discouraged and shall be given
in exceptional cases after spot verification and obtaining No Objection Certificate from
the KSPCB.
b) Where service apartments are permitted, fee under section 18 of KTCP Act, 1961 for
commercial use shall be levied.
12.2.2 COMMERCIAL ZONE:
a. Uses permitted:
All uses that are permitted in residential zone ,traffic & transportation and public/semi
public zones subjected to statutary NOC „S like FIRE,KSPCB 7 etc, petty shops/ retail
shops & hardware shops, job typing / computer training institutes, cyber café, and
internet browsing, departmental stores, grocery/ HOPCOMS, vegetable shops,
newspaper, stationery and milk booth, commercial and corporate offices / clinics
belonging to “professional services” like advocates and doctors, architects and self-
owned, shopping/ commercial complexes and service establishments like hair dressing
saloons, massage centers, laundries, dry cleaning and tailoring shops, restaurants and
hotels, eateries such as darshinis, tea stalls, and take aways, bakery and sweet stalls ,
mutton and poultry stalls, cold storages, clubs, hostels, newspaper or job printing, all
types of offices, STD/FAX/internet center/ ATM centers/ banks, insurance and consulting
and business offices, places of amusement or assembly, microwave towers and stations,
advertising signs conforming to relevant building byelaws, photo studio, church, temple
and other places of worship and assembly, educational, medical/engineering/ technical
and research institutions,(on the sites having minimum 2 ha with a minimum of 12m wide
approach road), financial institutions, education coaching centers, nursing homes and
speciality hospitals, pathological labs, hostels, libraries, any retail business or services

not specifically restricted or prohibited therein, filling stations (Fuel stations and pumps,
LPG storage, gas retail outlets), neighborhood shops, nursing homes, service industries
listed in Schedule – I (power up to 10HP). Uses for small repair centers (electronic,
mechanical, automobile), vulcanizing shops, printing press, residential buildings
including orphanages and old age homes, gyms, clinics and yoga center, warehouses,
storage areas for goods and kalyana mantapas, cinema theatres, multiplexes,
auditoriums, community centers, recreational /social clubs and amenities, exhibitions
centers, entertainment and amusement centers, convention centers and banquet halls,
hard and software computer offices and information technology related activities (Power
required for air conditioners, lifts and computers are excluded from the HP specified
above), flour mill up to 10 HP
Automobile workshop, manufacturing establishments employing not more than ten

workers and uses permitted or permissible on appeal in the residential zone other than
those specifically prohibited therein. Heavy goods markets, storage of inflammable
materials, sale of second hand junk goods, junk yards & agro mandis junkyard, truck
terminals, weigh bridges, cold storage, fruit and vegetable markets, meat and fish
markets, wholesale business, trading & warehouses, flour mill up to 20 HP
Note:
I Commercial complexes / office complexes/ neighborhood shops should have
sufficient provision for toilet for visitors in each floor and should be shown on
plan. It shall have waste disposal arrangements.
12.2.3 INDUSTRIAL ZONE:
a. Uses that are permissible:

All uses that are permissible under special circumstances in Residential and Commercial
zone & traffic & transportation use, all industries like IT and BT industries, microwave
towers, power plants, filling stations, parking lot (including multi-level), bus and truck
terminals, loading and unloading facilities, warehouses, public utilities like garbage and
sewage disposal, municipal and Government offices, dwellings for manager, watch and
ward staff in an area not exceeding 1000 sq m or 10% of the total area, whichever is

lower, canteen and recreation facilities, kalyana mantapa, office, shops, clubs, job
printing, banks, restaurants, dispensary and automobile service stations.
All uses as per the categorization of light industries, medium industries and heavy
industries defined by Department of Industries and Commerce (schedule– I) except
Obnoxious and hazardous industries. There is no power limitation for industries to be
permitted in this zone.
b. Uses that are permissible under special circumstances by the Authority:

Obnoxious and hazardous industries are subject to clearance from the State Pollution
Control Board, junk yards, dairy and poultry farms, slaughter house and meat processing
unit, ice and freezing plants with power, sports and recreation uses, resorts and
amusement parks.
Note:
i. To encourage work-home relationship, 40 % of the available land area for development
of residential use for providing quarters to the employees of that particular industry,
subject to clearance from the KSPCB in an area of 10 hectares and above.
ii. Wherever IT and BT industries are permitted in area of 5 hectares and above, 30% of
the area may be allowed for residential apartment for the convenience of the employees
subject to clearance from the KSPCB
iii. Residential regulations shall be followed for approval of residential development within
the premises of industrial/ I.T. and B.T. area.
Schedule – I
1. Illustrative list of household and service industries permitted in Residential and
Commercial Zone:
Sl.
Description
No.
1. Bread and bakeries
2. Confectionary, candies and sweets
3. Biscuit Making
4. Ice, ice-Cream
5. Cold Storage (small scale)
6. Aerated water and fruit beverages

7. Huller and flour Mills

8. Automobile, scooter and cycle service and repair workshop
9. Furniture (Wooden and Steel)
10. Printing, book binding, embossing, etc.
11. Laundry, dry Cleaning and dyeing facilities
12. General jobbing and machine shops
13. Household utensil repairs, welding, soldering, patching and polishing.
14. Photography, printing (including sign board printing)
15. Vulcanizing
16. Tailoring
17. Hand looms
18. Velvet embroidery shops
19. Art weavers and silk sarees, printing and batik works
20. Jewellery, gold ornaments and silver wares
21. Mirror and photo frames
22. Umbrella assembly
23. Bamboo and cane products
24. Sport goods and repair shops
25. Musical instrument repair shops
26. Optical lens grinding, watch, pen repairs
27. Radio and T.V. repair shops
28. Electric lamp fittings
29. Shoe making and repairs
30. Audio / Video libraries
31. STD / ISD counters
32. R&D Labs, test centres, IT, BT, BPO activities
33. Rubber stamps
34. Card board box and paper products including paper (manual only)
35. Cotton and silk printing/ screen printing
36. Webbing (narrow, fabrics, embroidery, lace manufacturing)
37 Ivory, wood carving and small stone carving
38 Coffee curing units
39 Candles and wax products
40 Household kitchen appliances
41 Washing soaps small scale only

42 Fruit canning and preservation

43 Electric lamp fitting / Assembly of bakelite switches, shoe making, repairing
44 Power looms (silk reeling unit up to 10 HP)
45 Areca nut processing unit
46 Beedi rolling
47 Agarbathi rolling
48 Assembly and repair of measuring instruments(excluding handling of mercury and
hazardous materials)
49 Clay & modelling with plaster of paris.
50 Diary products Example: cream, ghee, paneer, etc.
51 Enamelling vitreous (without use of coal)
52 Milk cream separation
53 Manufacture of jute products
54 Manufacture of bindi
55 Photo copying of drawings including enlargement of drawings and designs
56 Packaging of shampoos
57 Packaging of hair oil
58 Utensil washing powder (only mixing and packaging)
2. Illustrative list of Light Industries:
Sl.
Description
No.
1. Bread and bakeries
2. Confectionery, candies and sweets
3. Biscuit making
4. Ice, ice cream
5. Cold storage (small scale)
6. Aerated water and fruit beverages
7. Flour mills with power up to 20HP
8. Hats, caps, turbans including garments
9. Hosiery including knitted garments
10. Gold and silver thread
11. Shoe lace making

12. Toy making (earthen, paper, wooden, plastic metal and tin)
13. Cotton and silk cordages, twine thread and thread ball making
14. Velvet embroidered shoes
15. Art wares and silk screen printing and batik works
16. Jewellery, gold ornaments and silver wares
17. Wood and stone carving
18. Electroplating, mica plating, engraving
19. Photographs, printing (including sign board and printing)
20. Stone carving
21. Mirrors and photo frames
22. Umbrella assembly
23. Bamboo and cane products
24. Sports goods
25. Card board box and paper products including paper
26. Stationery items including educational and school drawing instruments
27. Furniture making (wooden and steel)
28. Musical instruments
29. Printing, book binding, embossing, photograph, etc.
30. Optical lens grinding, watch and pen repairing
31. Steel wire products
32. Sheet metal works
33. Metal polishing
34. Laboratory porcelene wares
35. Radio assembly and parts TV, mobile phones, air conditioner, fridge assembly parts
(small scale)
36. Electric lamps, fittings, shades, fixtures, etc.
37. Automobiles, scooters, cycle service and repair workshop
38. Laundry and dry cleaners
39. General jobbing machine
40. Iron foundries (only when related to other industries using electricity)
41. Brushes (household, sanitary and toilet)
42. Shoe making and repairing
43. Leather goods
44. Black smithy
45. Household utensils, repair, welding, soldering, patching, and polish (kalai)

46. Vulcanising and tyre re-treading

47. Cement products
48. Chalk, crayon, artist‟s colour
49. Tobacco products (cigarettes and beedies)
50. Cosmetics and hair oils
51. Cutlery
52. Cycle parts and accessories
53. Door and window fittings
54. Drugs and medicines
55. Lantern, torches and flash lights
56. Aluminium wires, cake and pastry moulds.
57. Padlocks and pressed locks
58. Rope making (vegetable fibre)
59. Mathematical instruments
60. Builder‟s hard wares
61. Tin products
62. Optical frames
63. Button clips
64. Wax polishing
65. Upholstery springs and other springs
66. Precision instrument of all kinds
67. Safety pins
68. Screws, bolts, nuts, pulleys, chains, gears
69. Conduit pipes fabrication (not exceeding 2" diameter)
70. Buckets and metal containers, plastic jugs and fixtures metal embossing.
71. Oil stoves and pressure lamps
72. Paper mill (small scale) hand made
73. Washing soaps
74. Hand tools
75. Electric industries, computer and software
76. Ice and freezing plants
77. Information Technology & Bio Technology

3. Illustrative list of Medium Industries:
Sl.
Description
No.
1. Small domestic appliances and gadgets (room heaters, coolers, hot plates,
iron lamps, etc.)
2. Manufacturing of trunks and metal boxes, suit cases, small containers
3. Scientific, educational and industrial precision instruments.
4. Clocks and watches, photographic equipments
5. Typewriters, Radios, TV‟s, air conditioner, fridges, STD/mobile sets.
6. Electrical instruments (including transistors)
7. Calculating machines (small machines only)
8. Copper wire and utensils
9. Sewing machines
10. Sanitary fittings (excluding sanitary wares)
11. Electrical appliances (room heaters, iron and room air coolers, small transformers,
electric fans, fractional HP motors, cooking ranges, water heaters, etc.) computers and
electric goods.
12. Electrical fans and industries permitted in light industrial zone.
4. Illustrative list of Heavy Industries:
Sl.
Description
No.
1. Hazardous and heavy manufacturing industries
2. All types of heavy industries
12.2.4 PUBLIC AND SEMI-PUBLIC USES
a) Uses permitted:
All Central, State and Quasi Government offices/ owned complexes, and centres and
institutional office, educational, college campus including hostel facilities for students,
integrated residential schools/colleges, higher educational Institutions, colleges, cultural

and religious institutions including libraries, reading rooms and clubs, medical and health
institutions, cultural institutions like community halls, opera houses, clubs, auditoriums,
cultural complexes predominantly non commercial in nature, exclusive places of
worship/congregation, public toilets, nursery creches, civic amenities and large
infrastructure facilities of health, education, sports, cultural and social institutions, utilities
and services, offices/ sub offices of utilities, water supply installations including disposal
works, electric power plants, high tension and low tension transmission lines, sub
stations, gas installation and gas works, fire fighting stations, spastic rehabilitation
centers, orphanages, Govt. dispensaries, police stations, post offices,
telecommunication/microwave tower, filling stations, fire stations, broadcasting &
transmission stations, banks, and quarters for essential staff and all uses permitted
under parks and playgrounds, traffic and transport related facilities, Public Transport
terminals and interchanges public distribution system shops, bill collection centers, dobhi
ghat, dharma shala and research institutions.
Note:
Retail shops, restaurants, filling stations, clubs, banks, canteens, dwellings required for
power maintenance and functioning of public and semi-public uses in the zone may be
permitted when they are run on non-commercial basis in their own premises and
ancillary to the respective institutions.
b) Uses that are permitted under special circumstances by the Authority:
Parking lot, repair shops, parks, play grounds, maidens and stadiums (no area limit) and
recreational uses, stadium, cemeteries, crematorium, clubs, canteen, libraries, aquarium,
planetarium, museum, horticultural nursery and swimming pool, orphanages and old age
homes, airport related ancillary uses
Note:-
i. In case any private property is included within the boundary of any existing Public
and Semi Public building and if the owner can establish the ownership of such
property vests with him/her, then the land use adjoining the Public & Semi Public
building may be assigned to such private property by the Authority.

12.2.5 PUBLIC UTILITIES

a) Uses permitted:
Public utilities include energy, water, telecommunication sub stations/ service
stations/supply and pumping stations, high and low tension transmission lines and power
stations/ sub-stations, electric power plants, installations, storage reservoirs OHT,
treatment plants, storage and dumping yards, gas and gas lines, gas installations and
gas works, electric towers, transformers and microwave towers, telecom towers and
drainage and sanitary installations including solid waste management facilities such as
land fill sites, garbage dumping yard, treatment plants and disposal works, drying beds,
micro-wave towers, fire stations, milk dairies, wind mills.
Shops, canteens, offices, banking counter, dwellings required for proper maintenance
and functioning of public utility and other ancillary users, in their own premises as an
ancillary to the respective institutions not exceeding 5% of the total area.
Note:
i. The buffer created for accommodating the utilities such as power, water, pipeline,
oil pipelines and high voltage lines, gas lines and any other utilities. Each “buffer”
is dictated by technical standards specified by the competent Authority.
ii. The regulations for the above will be decided by the Authority.
iii. In case of new developments, these shall remain as non buildable areas and
remain as reservations and marked for the purpose intended.
iv. For electrical networks, KPTCL standards are followed.
12.2.6 PARKS, PLAYGROUNDS AND OPEN SPACES
a) Uses permitted:
Parks, play grounds, stadium, NMT infrastructural facilities, sports complexes, children„s
play land inclusive of amusement parks such as Disney land type, toy trains, parkways,
boulevards, cemeteries and crematoria, burial grounds, public toilets, parking, sewage
treatment plants, water storage, sewage treatment plants, public use ancillary to park
and open space, parking and playground. The area of such ancillary use shall not
exceed 5% of total area.


Clubs (non-commercial nature and run by residents‟ association), canteens, libraries,
aquarium, planetarium, museum, bala bhavan, art gallery, open air theaters, water sports
and amusement theme parks, recreational clubs (Non-commercial nature), public
libraries, horticulture/nursery, transportation terminals and swimming pool, milk booths,
HOPCOMS centres and Uses ancillary to the above such as canteens, may be permitted
not exceeding 5% of total area limited to ground plus one floor only.
12.2.7 TRANSPORTATION AND COMMUNICATION
a. Uses permitted:
Railway lines, railway yards, railway stations, railway workshops, airport roads, road
transport depot, storage depots, bus stations, bus stands and bus shelter, bus bays,
auto stand, parking areas, multi level car parking information, kiosk Integrated, bus
terminals, TTMC & metro stations, truck terminals, MRTS terminals, workshop and
garages for two wheelers/ LMV/ HMV and filling stations, service stations, airports and
helipad, post offices, telegraph offices, telephones and telephone exchanges, television
telecasting and radio broadcasting stations, transport offices, microwave stations and
offices in their own premises and residential quarters for watch and ward, filling
stations, loading and unloading platforms (with/without cold storage facility), weigh
bridges, cargo terminals and transfer of cargo between different types of transport (rail,
road, air), automobile spares and services, transport depot, storage depots, bus
stations, bus stands and bus shelter, commercial, office use shall be permitted &
encouraged in all transport hubs & interchanges like TTMC & IMTH etc provided that
the built up area for such use does not exceed 25% of developable area. Traffic and
Transportation Management Centres, Transit Interchange terminals/ Transit Terminals
shall be up to 50 % of the permissible developable area.

Hotels, motels, clubs, go downs, special warehousing and indoor recreational uses,
shops, canteens, restaurants, banks, dwellings required for proper maintenance of the
transport and communication services in their own premises as an ancillary to the
respective institutions not exceeding 25% of the total developable area.

Note
1. Regulations for transit oriented development:
1. In case of development for any use abutting road with ROW/Road width of 60 m
and above additional FAR of 0.5 over and above the FAR provided against the
said use shall be allowed within the 150 m radius of any transit hub/ major
interchanges (railway station, B.R.T. and metro) in Zonal Regulations of Anekal
Master plan, on payment of fee at twice the applicable prescribed rates of
Betterment levy subject to statutory clearances viz. fire, Airport etc
2. In case of development around Railway station/Metro Station/any other
Mass Rapid Transport System:
Station in the radius of 150 m from the boundary of the same an additional FAR of
0.5 over and above FAR provided against the said use in Zonal Regulations of
Anekal Master Plan, on Payment of fee at twice the applicable prescribed rates of
betterment levy subject to statutory clearances e.g. Airport, Fire safety, Pollution
control etc.,
3. Minimum Foot path width shall be 2.0m to 3.0m based on the Road width as
indicated in road cross sections ( refer Annexure ).
4. As far as possible the traffic and transportation use should be located as per the
envisaged activity. It is desirable to have truck terminal/ freight complex/ logistics
hub next to or alongside the industrial use. Similarly the public mass transit is
meant to take on maximum number of repeat trips hence major terminals of
passenger transit should be located at high density work place and high density
residential areas.
To encourage multimodal transit integration, it is desirable to have the terminals located
wherever more than one mode like rail and road are present and they can be integrated.
The bus terminal is being redeveloped to accommodate the metro station and intra city
bus terminal as well as few inter-city bus terminals, thereby ensuring seamless physical
multimodal integration.
12.2.8 AGRICULTURAL ZONE
a) Uses Permitted:
Agriculture and horticulture, children‟s play land inclusive of amusement parks, such as
disney land type, eco-tourism activities, toy trains, dairy and poultry farming, pisciculture,
Piggeries farms, livestock rearing milk chilling centers, cold storage, farm houses and

their accessory building and uses not exceeding 200 sq. m. of plinth area for the farmers
own use within the limitation of minimum plot area of 1.20 hectares. Not exceeding 250
sq m of plinth area within the plot area limitation of 1.2 ha limited to G+ 1 floor. Uses
specifically shown as stated in the land use plan like urban village, brick kilns, rice mills,
sugar mills, jaggery mills, gardens, orchards, nurseries and other stable crops, grazing
pastures, forest lands, marshy land, barren land and water sheet, highway amenities
viz., filling stations, weigh bridges and check posts.
Agro processing units (as defined by C & I Dept.), Urban amenities such as burial
grounds, sports grounds, clubs/ sports clubs, stadiums, playgrounds, parks and garden
land, water sports, golf centers, race course, race / driving testing tracks, cultural
buildings, places of worship, air terminal and helipads, educational and health
institutions, hospitals, libraries, exhibition centers, park and open spaces,
graveyards/burial grounds, rehabilitated schemes of government, institutions relating to
agriculture, research centres, LPG bottling plant (min. 500 m away from human
habitation), ware house, storage and sale of farm products locally produced, provided
the Ground Coverage does not exceed 15 % and subject to a maximum of Ground+ First
floor only. Service and repairs of farm machinery and agricultural supplies, old age and
orphanage homes, Public utilities such as solid waste landfills, water treatment plants,
power plants, fuel stations and other highway amenities such as weigh bridges, check
posts and toll gates having access to major roads, truck terminals, quarrying and
removal of clay and stone up to 3.0 m. depth and crushing, wind mills, solar energy
stations, residential developments within the area reserved for natural expansion of
villages and buildings in such areas should not exceed two floors (Ground + one).
Note:
i. Coverage: 15 % of the site area of the land may be used for educational and health
purposes and a building height of G+1 floor only shall be permitted.
ii. For all uses permitted under this zone, regulations for rural development are to be followed.
12.2.8A Regulations for Rural Development
Within 150 m radius from the existing gramathana (as defined in the note below), for those

villages having a population up to 1000 as per 2011 census, and for every additional 1000
population additional 50 m for uses permitted under residential and agricultural zone may be
permitted with the following conditions.
1) FAR: 1.0
2) Maximum no of floors: G+1
3) Setbacks and coverage for the respective uses: As per Table no 8
NOTE:
Gramathana: means old village settlement as earmarked in the revenue survey map
(village map). Any addition already made to the gramathana in any form shall not be
considered while measuring the distance between land in question and gramathana.
12.2.9 AREAS OF SPECIAL CONTROL
12.2.9A Solid Waste Management (SWM) Area/ site
For efficient and scientific management and disposal of solid waste generated within Bruhat
Bangalore Mahanagara Palike limits, certain areas lying within Anekal Local Planning Area have
been identified. Following regulations are laid out in order to restrict development around these
areas as per Government Order No. Na A E 325 MNU 2007 dated 06-10-2007:
a. Area within a distance of 50 m from the premises of the SWM area/ site is
declared as “Buffer Zone” and No development or construction is permitted in this
zone. However set back and tree plantation may be allowed in this zone.
b. Area within a distance of 200 m from the premises of the SWM area/ site is
declared as “Sensitive Zone” and developments or construction may be permitted
without affecting solid waste management area / site.
c. If approval of layout in the “Sensitive Zone” is sought then “existence of SWM
area/ site/ unit for 48 years” is to be written in the layout plan while approving the
layout and when sale of sites in such a layout is done then the same is to be
written in the sale deed also for the knowledge of applicant/ owner / purchaser of
the land/ site.
d. Permissions in the sensitive zone will be as per the land use specified in Master
Plan. The Authority may impose certain conditions (about the existence of the
site etc.,) that may protect the Solid waste management site and sensitive zone
12.2.9B Archeological/ Historical Monuments and Precincts
The historical monuments in any city reflect the past glory of the city. As they attract
tourists both from inside and outside the country. While permitting developments around
historical monuments, care has to be taken to see that their aesthetic environs are not affected.
In order to preserve aesthetic environs around these monuments it is necessary to declare the
areas surrounding these monuments as zones of special control and impose the special
regulations around these monuments.
The Archeological Survey of India has not yet declared any of the monuments in the Anekal
town and the State Archeological Department has also not identified any of the monuments in
the Anekal town.
If the Planning Authority observes any Heritage structures, precincts of historic and/or aesthetic
and/or Architectural and/or cultural or environmental significance and natural features and sites
of scenic beauty, then Authority may demarcate special Development control areas for
regulation of development around these areas, to preserve the importance of the concerned
heritage structure and also to control the surrounding developments so that they do not mar the
grandeur or beauty or view of the heritage structure for the purposes of implementation.
A special Heritage committee may be constituted with the prior approval of the Government to
examine the proposals of development or any matter related to development, in the various
regulation areas, if received by the Authority, under the provisions of special Regulations and to
make recommendations to this Authority for consideration.
a) Building up to and inclusive of first floor or up to a height of 7 m from ground level,

whichever is less, is permissible within a distance of 100 m distance from the premises
of the monuments.
b) Buildings up to and inclusive of second floor or up to a height of 10.5 m from ground
level, whichever is less are only permissible between 100 m and 200 m distance from
the premises of the monuments.
c) Building up to and inclusive of third floor or up to a height of 14 m from ground level,
whichever is less are only permissible between 200 m and 400 m distance from the
premises of the monuments.

d) In any case no building shall be permitted within 400 m above the height of the declared
monument.
Note:
i. No permission for any development around notified historical monument, shall be
accorded unless concurrence/ No Objection Certificate is received from the competent
authority i.e. Archaeological Survey of India, State Archaeology Department.
ii. Any subsequent amendments to the Archaeology Act concerned regarding prohibited
area such amendments shall mutatis mutandis apply to these regulations.
iii. In case of change of land use from the approved Master Plan to other use, the setbacks
shall be the higher of the two uses.
Table- 1
Space Standards for various Buildings /Uses
Sl. Buildings / Uses Min. road Min. size of

No width in m plot in Sq m
1 Conference halls, Community halls & 12.0 500
Social clubs
2 Cold storage 12.0 1000
3 Indoor games 15.0 2000
4 Hotels / lodges 12.0 500
5 Kalyana Mantapas 12.0 1000
6 LPG storage & Fuel Filling stations 15.0 500
7 Nursing homes/polyclinics 12.0 500
8 Service Apartments 12.0 500
9 Nursery School 12.0
10 Lower Primary schools 12.0
As prescribed by the
11 Higher Primary schools 12.0
competent Authority
12 High schools with play ground, 12.0
13 Integrated Residential Schools 15.0
14 Colleges 15.0
15 Star hotels (up to 3 star) 15.0 As prescribed by
16 Star hotels (above 3 star) 18.0 the competent
17 Convention centres 15.0 Authority
18 Cinema, Multiplex, Convention Center 18.0 2000
19 R&D Lab 12.0 1500

NOTE:
1. A buffer of 45 m is assumed all along the flow of the river on both banks, which shall be
treated as no development zone.
2. In case of change of land use from the approved Master Plan to other use, the setbacks
shall be the higher of the two uses.

12.3 ZONING REGULATIONS: REGULATIONS FOR DIFFERENT USES OF BUILDINGS
The minimum set back required on all the sides of a building, maximum FAR, maximum height of building that are permissible for different
dimensions of sites and width of roads are set out for residential, commercial, public and semi-public, traffic and transportation, public utility
buildings up to 10.0 m in height in Table -2 and 4 given below:
Table – 2
Exterior open spaces / setbacks in percentage (minimum) for residential, commercial, public and semi-public, traffic and
transportation, public utility buildings up to 10.0 m in height.
Residential Residential Traffic & Transportation,

Depth of Traffic & Transportation, Public Width of
Minimum in Commercial Minimum in Commercial Public Utility & public &
site in M. Utility & public & semi Public site in M
m. m. semi Public
Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Left Right Left Right Left Right
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14.
Up to 6 1.00 0 1.00 0 1.50 0 Up to 6 0 0 0 0 0 1.00

Over 6 Over 6
1.00 1.00 1.50 0 1.50 1.50 1.00 1.00 0 1.00 1.00 1.50
Up to 9 Up to 9
Over 9 Over 9
1.00 1.00 1.50 1.00 2.00 1.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.50 1.75
Up to 12 Up to 12
Over 12 Over 12
1.50 1.50 2.50 1.50 2.50 1.50 1.50 2.00 1.50 2.00 1.75 2.50
Up to 18 Up to 18
Over 18 Over 18
2.50 2.00 3.00 2.00 3.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 2.00 2.50 2.50 3.00
Up to 24 Up to 24
Over 24 3.50 3.00 3.50 2.50 4.00 3.00 Over 24 2.00 3.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 4.00

Note:
i. When car garage is proposed on the right side rear corner, the minimum front
setbacks shall be 3.0 m;
ii. For residential, commercial, public and semi-public, traffic and transportation,
public utility buildings, above 10 m in height, the setbacks shall be insisted as
per Table - 3;
iii. For residential sites up to 120 sq m;
a. Open staircase shall be permitted in the side setbacks, but there shall be
a minimum open space of 0.50 m from the side boundary and 1.0 m from
the front and rear boundary of the site.
b. Toilets minimum of 1 m x 1.5 m and not exceeding 1.4 % of the plot area
permissible in rear set back only;
c. When minimum set back of 1.5 m is left on the right side, a scooter
garage may be permitted at the back side limiting the depth of the garage
to 3.0 m;
Table – 3
Exterior open spaces / setbacks for residential, commercial, public and

Semi-public, traffic and transportation, public utility buildings
exceeding 10.00 meters in height.
Minimum Exterior open spaces

setbacks
Sl. No. Height of building in meters
to be left on all sides
(in m)
1 Above 10.0 Up to 12.0 4.5
2 Above 12.0 Up to 15.0 5.0
3 Above 15.0 Up to 18.0 6.0
4 Above 18.0 Up to 21.0 7.0
5 Above 21.0 Up to 24.0 8.0
6 Above 24.0 Up to 27.0 9.0
7 Above 27.0 Up to 30.0 10.0
8 Above 30.0 Up to 35.0 11.0
9 Above 35.0 Up to 40.0 12.0
10 Above 40.0 Up to 45.0 13.0
11 Above 45.0 Up to 50.0 14.0
12 Above 50.0 16.0

TABLE – 4
Maximum Floor Area Ratio & Road Widths for Different uses
Public & Semi-public,

Road width in
Residential Commercial Traffic&Transportation,
m
Public utility
Upto 9 1.50 1.50 1.25
Over 9 to 12 1.75 1.75 1.50
Over 12 to 18 2.00 2.00 1.75
Over 18 to 24 2.25 2.25 1.75
Over 24 2.50 2.50 2.00
Note:
Only effluent treatment plant, open to sky swimming pool, car parking are excluded from
FAR computations.
12.3.1 Regulations for Group Housing Project
The following norms shall be adopted while approving building plans for group housing;
a) The approach road to a group housing project must have a minimum width of 12
m;
b) The minimum area for group housing shall be 1.00 ha or more.
c) An apartment Building on a plot of 1 hectare or more shall also be treated as
group housing and norms are applied accordingly.
d) A development plan showing the general arrangement of residential building
blocks, and dimensions of the plots earmarked for each building block, access
roads to abutting lands, parks, open spaces and civic amenity areas, shall be
obtained prior to according approval to the building plan;
e) Setbacks should be provided with reference to the depth and width of total plot
area;
f) The floor area ratio (FAR) shall be with reference to the width of the public road
abutting the property and the FAR shall be calculated for the net area of
the plot as prescribed in Table – 4 after deducting the area reserved for civic
amenities.

g) The coverage shall be with reference to the total area of the development plan.
h) The distance between any two buildings shall not be less than half the height of
the taller building.
I) 15% of the total area to be reserved for civic amenity, parks and open spaces,
subject to a minimum of 10% for parks and open spaces and 5% for Civic
Amenity.
TABLE – 6
Maximum plot coverage, FAR, minimum setbacks and minimum
road width for group housing.
Minimum road width Maximum

Plot area Maximum FAR
in m Plot coverage
Between 1.00 to 2.00 ha 60% 1.50

12
Between 2.00 to 3.00 ha 50% 2.00
12
Above 3.00 ha 40% 2.25
15
Note:
a) Approval of development plan showing the general arrangement of residential
building blocks, and dimensions of plot earmarked for each building blocks, means of
access roads and civic amenity areas, should precede the approval to building plan.
b) In case, the height of group housing building exceeds 10.0 m, then setback to be left
all-round the premises shall be as per Table – 2.
c) Parking requirement shall be as per Table – 9. In addition, 10% of the total parking
shall be reserved for visitors parking separately.
d) Internal roads and park area shall be developed by the owner / developer himself for
the specified purpose only.
e) C.A. sites and park area reserved in the development plan shall be handed over free
of cost to the Authority by a relinquishment deed. Preference may be given to the
owner/developer of the respective project for lease of C.A. area reserved in the
Group Housing project.

12.3.2 Regulations for Semi detached houses

The following norms shall be adopted while approving semi detached houses as given in
Table – 7.
Table – 7
Regulations for Semi-detached houses
Minimum combined area of the
1. 140 sq m
neighboring plots
2. Building coverage
3. Floor area ratio

As applicable to individual plots
4. Maximum number of floors
5. Minimum road width
Shall be equal to the sum of front and rear

6. Front setback for back to back plots
setbacks of individual plots.
On a plot on which a semi-detached building is

Side setbacks for plots joined at the proposed, the side setback for each unit shall be
7.
side. the total of the left and right setbacks to be left in
case of individual plots.
12.3.3 Row housing

The following norms shall be adopted while approving row houses as given in Table – 8.
TABLE – 8
Row Housing (Maximum 12 units, minimum 3 units)
1 Minimum combined area of plot 210 sq m
2 Maximum area of each plot 108 sq m
3 Building coverage
4 Floor area ratio

As applicable to individual plots
5 Number of floors
6 Minimum road width
Front: 2.00 m
7 Setbacks minimum Rear: 1.50 m
Side: 2.00 m only for end units

12.3.4 Flatted factories

The following norms shall be adopted while approving flatted factories as given in Table
– 9.
TABLE - 9
Regulations for Flatted Factories
1. Minimum plot area 1,000 sq m
2. Maximum plot coverage 40 %
1.50 up to 12.0 m road width

3. FAR
and 1.75 above 12.0 m road width.
a. Front 8.00 m
4. Minimum setbacks b. Rear 4.50 m.
c. Sides 4.50 m.
12.3.5 Industrial buildings

Coverage, Floor Area Ratio and Open space for Industrial buildings are as given in Table –
10 below:
TABLE – 10
Coverage, Floor Area Ratio and Open space for Industrial buildings
Minimum Minimum Other Minimum

Plot area in Max. plot Floor area
Frontage Front setback in sides road width
sq m coverage Ratio
in m. m in m in m
Up to 230 80% 1.00 3.0 1.00 1.00 9
231 to 1000 60% 1.25 12.0 4.50 3.00 9
1000 to 2000 50% 1.25 24.0 6.00 5.00 Over 12
2001 to 4000 40% 1.25 28.0 8.00 5.00 Over 12
4001 to 8000 35% 1.00 32.0 8.00 6.00 Over 15
Above 8000 30% 0.50 42.0 15.00 12.00 Over 15
Note: whenever the plot of the minimum size prescribed is not facing the required width of
road, permission shall be granted to the maximum extent of built up area allowable to
that particular road width.

12.3.6 Regulations for IT and BT related Activities
FAR and Ground Coverage in Industrial Zone for IT related activities to be followed as per
table 10 A below
Table -10 A
SL SIZE OF PLOT ( GROUND PERMISSIBLE
ROAD WIDTH (m)
NO sq m) COVERAGE FAR
1 Upto 1000 55% 1.50 Above 9m upto 12m
Above 1000 upto
2 50 % 1.75 Above 12.0m upto 18.0
2000
Above 2000 upto
3 50% 2.00 Above 18.0 upto 24.0
4000
Above 4000 upto
4 45% 2.25 Above 24.0 upto 30.0
6000
5 Above 6000 45% 2.50 Above 30.0
Note: whenever the plot of the minimum size prescribed is not facing the required width of
road, permission shall be granted to the maximum extent of built up area allowable to
that particular road width.
Parking regulations for IT and BT related buildings

Each off-street parking space provided for motor vehicles shall not be less than (2.5
m x 5.0 m) 12.50 sq m area and for scooter and cycle parking spaces provided shall
not be less than 3 sq m and 1.4 sq m respectively and it shall be 25% of the car
parking space.
For building of different uses, off-street parking spaces for vehicles shall be provided
as stipulated the Table - 11
Exterior open spaces / setbacks in percentage (minimum) for IT/ BT related buildings
to be followed as per table 10 B below.

Table – 10 B
SL GROUND MIN FRONT MIN ALL AROUND
SIZE OF PLOT (sq m)
NO COVERAGE SETBACKS (m) SETBACKS (m)
1 Upto 1000 55% 6 5
2 Above 1000 upto 2000 50 % 8 5
3 Above 2000 upto 4000 50% 8 6
4 Above 4000 upto 6000 45 8 6
5 Above 6000 45 15 12
12.3.7 Parking Regulations
Parking space standards to be adopted are as follows:
a) Each off-street parking space provided for motor vehicles shall not be less than
(2.5 m x 5.0 m) 12.50 sq m area and for scooter and cycle parking spaces provided
shall not be less than 3 sq m and 1.4 sq m respectively and it shall be 25% of the
car parking space.
b) For building of different uses, off-street parking spaces for vehicles shall be
provided as stipulated in the Table - 11below:
TABLE – 11
Off-street parking spaces
Sl. Minimum one car parking space of

Category
No. 2.50 m x 5.00 m for every
Single dwelling unit A dwelling unit measuring more than 50 sq m upto
1. 150 sq m of the floor area. An additional one car
park for part thereof, when it is more than 50% of
the prescribed limit.

a. 2 tenements each having area less than 50

2 Multi-family residential sq m
b. 1 tenement exceeding area of 50 sq
Lodging establishments, tourist homes

3 6 guest rooms
and hotels
200 m floor area

4 Educational
a. Hospital a. 100 sq m floor area subject to minimum 20

spaces
5
b. Nursing homes b. 75 sq m floor area subject to minimum 10
spaces
6 Assembly/Auditorium 25 seats
7 Government or Semi public buildings 100 sq m floor area
8 Retail business 75 sq m floor area
100 sq m floor area plus 1 lorry space measuring

9 Industrial
3.5m x 7.5m for every 1000 sqm or part thereof.
10 Storage 100 sq m floor area
11 Kalyana Mantapa 75 sq m floor area
12 Private Offices 75 sq m floor area
13 Restaurant/Pubs/Bars/Coffee Parlours 75sq m of floor area
14 Students Hostels 15 rooms
15 Working Persons Hostel 5 rooms
Additional parking or part thereof shall be provided when the part area exceeds 50%
of the prescribed limits/ standards
Note:
(a) Parking space shall be with reference to total floor area after deducting space covered
by lift room, stair case, open balcony and ducts open to sky in addition to the area
deducted for the purpose of calculating the F.A.R.
(b) Up to 50 sq m in the case of shops, parking spaces need not be insisted.
(c) Off-street parking space shall be provided with adequate vehicular access to a
Street and the area of drive aisles subject to a minimum of 3.50 m and such other
provision required for adequate maneuvering of vehicles shall be exclusive of the
parking spaces stipulated in these Zonal Regulations.

(d) The parking spaces shall be provided in:
(a) First basement for plots up to 1000 sq m and second basement shall be
Permissible for plots more than 1000 sq m.
(b) Stilt floor or in upper floors (at any level.)
(c) Car parking can be provided in the set back areas provided; a minimum of 3.0 m is
left free from the building.
(d) The other aspects for providing parking spaces are:
i. Common and continuous cellar parking floors between adjoining blocks would be
allowed depending upon structural safety aspects.
ii. The parking spaces should be efficiently designed and clearly marked and
provided with adequate access, aisle, drives and ramps required for maneuvering
of vehicles.
iii. Stilt floor/Cellar parking floor shall be used only for parking and not for any
habitation purpose. Misuse of the area specified for parking of vehicles for any
other use shall be summarily demolished / removed by the Enforcement
Authority.
iv. For parking spaces in second basement and upper storey’s of parking floors, at
least two ramps of minimum 3.5 m width or one ramp of minimum 5.4 m width
and maximum slope of 1:8 shall be provided.
i. Basement / cellar shall be permitted to extend in the setback area except the
front setback after leaving a minimum of 1.5 m from the property line.
ii. A maximum of three basements in the case of 3-Star Hotels and above can be
permitted for parking and services

iii. Every basement storey shall be at least 2.4 m in height from the floor to the
bottom of the roof slab / beam / ceiling (whichever is less) and this height of
basement floor shall not exceed 2.75 m
iv. The basement storey shall not be projected more than 1.20 m above the average
ground level
12.3.8 Corridor
The minimum widths of corridor for different uses of building are as given in the Table
12.
TABLE – 12
Minimum Width of Corridors
Sl. Minimum width of the
Building use or type
No. corridor in m
Residential building 1.0

1
Apartment building 2.0
Assembly buildings such as auditorium, Kalyana Mantapa, cinema

2 theatre, religious building, temple, mosque or church and other 2.0
buildings of public assembly or conference.
3 Institutional buildings such as:
a. Government office 2.0
b. Government Hospitals 2.4
c. Educational Buildings such as Schools, Colleges, Research

2.0
Institutions.
d. Commercial buildings such as private office, nursing homes,

2.0
lodges, etc.
e. All other buildings 1.5

12.3.9 Restrictions of building activity in vicinity of certain

areas:
a) No building/ development activity shall be allowed in the bed of water bodies like
nala, and in the Full Tank Level (FTL) of any lake, pond etc.
b) The above water bodies and courses shall be maintained as recreational/Green
buffer zone, and no building activity other than recreational use shall be carried out
within.
i) 30 meters from the boundary of Lake of 40.00 ha and 10 m for others.
ii) 9 meters from the boundaries of Canal / Raj Kaluve.
iii) 3 meters from the boundary of field natural drains as defined in the RS map /
topo sheets.
iv) The above shall be in addition to the mandatory setbacks. Unless and otherwise
stated, the area and the Full Tank Level (FTL) of a lake shall be reckoned as
measured or given in the Survey of India topographical maps/Irrigation Dept.
12.3.10 Distance of Building from Electrical Lines
No building shall be erected below an electrical line, as well as within the horizontal distance
from the electrical line indicated in the Table - 13. The vertical distance below the level of the
electrical line and the topmost surface of the building corresponding to the minimum
horizontal distance shall be as indicated in Table - 13. The minimum vertical clearance is not
applicable if the horizontal distance exceeds the minimum prescribed.
TABLE – 13
Distance of buildings from electrical lines
Horizontal
Sl. Vertical clearance
Electrical lines clearance
No. in m
in m
Low and medium voltage lines
1 2.5 6.0
up to 11 KV
High voltage lines up to and
2 3.7 6.0
including 11 KV
High voltage line above 11 and up to and including
3 3.7 6.0
33 KV

12.3.11 Solar Water Heater Requirements

Solar water heaters shall be provided as per the table for different categories of buildings.
TABLE – 14
Solar lighting and water heater requirements
Sl. 100 litres per day shall be

Type of use
No. provided for every unit
Restaurants service food and drinks with seating / 40 sq m of seating or serving

1
serving area of more than 100 sq m and above. area
2 Lodging establishments and tourist homes 3 rooms
3 Hostel and guest houses 6 beds / persons capacity
4 Industrial canteens 50 workers
5 Nursing homes and hospitals 4 beds
Kalyana Mantapas, community hall and convention hall

6 30 sq m of floor area
(with dining hall and kitchen)
7 Recreational clubs 100 sq m of floor area
8 Residential buildings:
(a) Single dwelling unit measuring 200 sq m of floor area or site area of more than 400
sq m whichever is more.
(b) 500 lpcd for multi dwelling unit / apartments for every 5 units and multiples thereof.
Solar photovoltaic lighting systems shall be installed in multi unit residential buildings
9 (with more than five units) for lighting the set back areas, drive ways, and internal
corridors.
12.3.12 Rain Water Harvesting
Rain water harvesting is compulsory in all buildings of plots of size (9X12m) and
above, it includes storage or recharging into ground of rainwater falling on the terrace or on
any paved or unpaved surface within the building site.

The following systems may be adopted for harvesting the rainwater drawn from
terrace and the paved surface.
1. Open well of a minimum of 1.00 m dia. and 6.00 m in depth into which rainwater may
be channeled and allowed after filtration for removing silt and floating material. The
well shall be provided with ventilating covers. The water from the open well may be
used for non-potable domestic purposes such as washing, flushing and for watering
the garden, etc.
2. Rainwater harvesting for recharge of ground water may be done through a bore well
around which a pit of one meter width may be excavated up to a depth of at least 3.00
m and refilled with stone aggregate and sand. The filtered rainwater may be
channeled to the refilled pit for recharging the bore well.
3. An impervious storage tank of required capacity may be constructed in the setback or

other than, space and the rainwater may be channeled to the storage tank. The
storage tank may be raised to a convenient height above the surface and shall always
be provided with ventilating the surface and shall always be provided with ventilating
covers and shall have draw off taps suitably place so that the rain water may be
drawn off for domestic, washing, gardening and such other purposes. The storage
tanks shall be provided with an overflow.
4. The surplus rainwater after storage may be recharged into ground through percolation
pits, trenches, or combination of pits and trenches. Depending on the geomorphologic
and topographical condition, the pits may be of the size of 1.20 m width x 1.20 m
length x 2.00 m to 2.50 m depth. The trenches can be or 0.60 m width x 2.00 m to
6.00 m length x 1.50 m to 2.00 depth. Terrace water shall be channeled to pits or
trenches. Such pits or trenches shall be backfilled with filter media comprising the
following materials. –
i) 40 mm stone aggregate as bottom layer up to 50% of the depth;

ii) 20 mm stone aggregate as lower middle layer up to 20% of the depth;
iii) Course sand as upper middle layer up to 20% of the depth;
iv) A thin layer of fine sand as top layer;
v) Top 10% of the pits / trenches will be empty and a splash is to be provided in
this portion in such a way that roof top water falls on the splash pad;

vi) Brick masonry wall is to be constructed on the exposed surface of pits /

trenches and the cement mortar plastered;
vii) The depth of wall below ground shall be such that the wall prevents lose soil
entering into pits / trenches. The projection of the wall above ground shall at
least be 15 cm;
viii) Perforated concrete slabs shall be provided on the pits / trenches.
5. If the open space surrounding the building is not paved, the top layer up to a sufficient
depth shall be removed land refilled with course sand to allow percolation of rainwater
into ground.
The terrace shall be connected to the open well / bore well / storage tank /recharge pit
/trench by means of H.D.P.E. / P.V.C. pipes through filter media. A valve system shall be
provided to enable the first washings from roof or terrace catchments, as they would contain
undesirable dirt. The mouths of all pipes and opening shall be covered with mosquito (insect)
proof wire net. For the efficient discharge of rainwater, there shall be at least two rain water
pipes of 100 mm dia for a roof area of 100 sq m Rainwater harvesting structures shall be
sited as not to endanger the stability of building or earthwork. The structures shall be
designed such that o dampness is caused in any part of the walls or foundation of the
building or those of an adjacent building.
12.3.13 Facilities for Physically Handicapped Persons
Public and semi public buildings having covered area of 300 sq m and above shall be
designed and constructed to provide facilities to the physically handicapped persons as
prescribed in the Schedule-V of these Zoning Regulations.
SCHEDULE - V
Facilities for physically handicapped persons
These byelaws shall apply to the physically handicapped persons having the
following disabilities.-
i. Non-ambulatory disabilities: Impairments that regardless of cause or
manifestation, for all practical purposes, confine individuals to wheelchairs;
ii. Semi-ambulatory disabilities: Impairments that cause individuals to walk
difficulty or insecurity. Individuals using braces or crutches, amputees,

arthritics, spastics, and those with pulmonary land cardiac ills may be sent
ambulatory.
iii. Hearing disabilities: Deafness or hearing handicaps that make an individual
insecure in public areas because he is unable to communicate or hear
warning signals.
iv. Sight disabilities: Total blindness or impairments affecting sight to the extent
that the individual functioning in public areas is insecure or exposed to
danger.
a. Access Path/ Walk Way: The width of access path / walkway from plot entry and
surface parking to the building entry shall not be less than 1.80 m. It shall not have a
gradient exceeding 5%.
b. Surface Parking: At least two car spaces shall be provided at surface level near
entrance with maximum travel distance of 30.00 m from the building entrance.
c. Space for Wheel Chair Users: Adequate space shall be kept for the free movement
of wheel chairs. The standard size of wheel chairs shall be taken as 1050 mm x 750
mm the doors shall have a minimum width of 900 mm to facilitate the free movement
of wheel chairs.
d. Approval to Plinth Level: At least one entrance shall have approach through a
ramp. The ramp shall have a minimum width of 1.80 m with maximum gradient of
1:10.
e. Entrance Landing: Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the
minimum dimension of 1.80 m x 2.00 m.
f. Corridors: The minimum width of corridors shall be 1.80 m.
g. Staircase: The minimum width of staircase shall be 1.50 m. The minimum number of
risers on a flight shall be limited to 12. Size of treads shall not be less than 30 cm and
the height of risers shall not be more than 15 cm.
h. Lifts:
j) Wherever lifts are required to be installed as per bye-laws, provision of at least
one lift shall be made for the wheel chair users with the following cage
dimensions recommended for passenger lifts of 13 persons capacity by Bureau
of Indian Standards.
Clear internal depth 1100 mm (1.10 m)
Clear internal width 2000 m (2.00 m)
Entrance door width 900 mm (0.90)

ii) The lift lobby shall have a minimum inside measurement of (1.80 x 1.80) m.
j. Toilets: One special water closet in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of
handicapped persons with wash basin keeping in view the following provisions.-
i. The minimum size of toilet shall be 1.50 m x 1.75 m.
ii. The maximum height of the W.C. set shall be 0.50 m above the floor.
k. Hand Rails: Hand rails shall be provided for ramps, staircases, lifts and toilets. The
height of hand rails shall be normally 800 mm above the floor level. If the building is
meant for the predominant use of children, the height of hand rails may be suitably
altered.
l. Guiding / Warning Floor Material: The floor material to guide or to warn the visually
impaired persons with a change of colour or material with conspicuously different
texture and easily distinguishable from the rest of the surrounding floor materials is
called guiding or warning floor material. The material with different texture shall give
audible signals with sensory warning when person moves on this surface with
walking stick. The guiding / warning floor material is meant to give the directional
effect or warn a person at critical places. This floor material shall be provided in the
following areas:
i. The access path to the building and to the parking area;
ii. The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, staircase and
toilets;
iii. At the beginning / end of walkway where there is vehicular traffic;
iv. At the location abruptly changing in level and at the beginning / end of ramp;
v. At the entrance / exit of the building.
m. Proper Signage: Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for
the handicapped persons should be done with proper signage. Visually impaired
persons make use of other senses such as hearing and touch to compensate for the
lack of vision; whereas visual signals shall benefit those with hearing disabilities.
Signs should be designed and located such that they are easily legible by using
suitable letter size (not less than 20 mm size). For visually impaired persons,
information board in Braille should be installed on the wall at a suitable height and it
should be possible to approach them closely. To ensure safe walking there should
not be any protruding sign, which creates obstruction in walking.
The symbols / illustrations should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated so that
with limited vision one may be able to differentiate amongst primary colours.

12.3.14 Security Deposit

The applicant shall deposit a sum of Rs. 50/- per sq m of floor area as refundable
non-earning deposit for the following categories of buildings namely:
a) Residential Buildings/ Group Housing/Multi-Dwellings/Apartments with 5 units or
more.
b) Commercial Buildings exceeding 300 sq m of floor area. The security deposit
shall be refunded after one year of completion of the building as per approved
plan certified by Development or Local Authority. If the construction is not as per
the approved plan, the deposit would be forfeited.
12.3.15 General rules
The following shall be considered while enforcing the zoning regulations for all types of
developments:
I. Conversions
a. Conversions prior to the provisional approval of Interim Master Plan (28.4.2007) as
per GO dated 12.12.2008 are to be honored irrespective of the land use proposed in
the Master Plan except in cases of road alignment, natural drains and water bodies.
b. The government is the competent authority to permit change of land use under the
act. It is further classified that the permission accorded by high power
committee/government/single window shall be deemed to be given as, if planning
authority has provided its opinion to government under the procedure specified
under section 14-A of the KTCP Act 1961.
c. All layouts approved by the Authority Shall be deemed to have been reserved for the
purpose for which they are approved, provided they have been approved before the
approval of Master Plan.
II. Application of land use:

a. The proposed land use indicated towards the roadside of a property shall be
the land use for the entire property (one property depth not exceeding 50 m)
without identifying it for different uses by measuring as per the scale of the
maps. This is applicable only to the built-up area as shown in the existing land
use map.
b. Different uses permitted in a given zone may be allowed in different floors of

the building. In such cases, the regulations applicable to the use of the
ground floor of the building shall apply to the entire building.
c. In case of uses granted under special circumstances/change of land use, as

the case may be, the higher of the setback and the lower of the FAR
applicable to the original land use /change of land use as the case may be
shall be applicable.
d. The proposed alignments of STRR, IRR, RR, TRR, Expressway etc., are to
be incorporated. In case of any changes in the alignment by the competent
Authority, the same would prevail over MP proposal.
e. Any discrepancies with respect of revenue survey numbers, actual alignment

of HT lines, existing roads, nala alignment and water bodies in the MP shall
be resolved by field and documentary verification by the Authority and also in
comparison with the ground reality/cadastral map
f. In case of change in alignment of roads, H T line or nala indicated in the MP,

the adjacent higher land use abutting the alignment before change shall be
considered.
g. The Government directions for considering the approval of layouts are

protected under special circumstances.
h. If the alignment of the existing road is shifted in the MP, the existing road as
on ground reality/ cadastral map may be considered for the proposed road
widening. The higher land use abutting the shifted road shall be considered
accordingly.

widening. The higher land use abutting the shifted road shall be considered
accordingly.
III. Setbacks
i. The front and rear setbacks shall be with reference to depth of the site.
ii. Left and right setbacks shall be with reference to width of the site.
iii. No side setbacks shall be insisted upon only in the case of reconstruction of
existing building where traditional row housing type of development exists and
in areas specifically provided under the Zonal Regulations.
iv. The provision of setbacks should be read with tables prescribed for floor area
ratio, coverage etc., for different type of buildings.
v. When the building lines are fixed, the front set back shall not be less than the
building line fixed or the minimum front set back prescribed whichever is
higher.
vi. In the case of corner sites both the sides facing the road shall be treated as
front side and regulations applied accordingly to maintain the building line on
these two roads and to provide better visibility.
vii. In case where the building line is not parallel to the property line, the front and
rear setbacks shall not be less than the specified setbacks at any point.
viii. In case of building sanctioned prior to coming into force of these rules which
are abutting other properties on one, two or more sides, upper floors may be
permitted, to utilize the available FAR except in the front to enable road
widening, if any.
ix. In case of irregular plots setbacks are to be calculated according to the depth
or width at the points where the depth or width are varying. In such cases,
average setbacks should not be fixed at as they may effect minimum set back
at any point.

x. The left and right set-backs may be interchanged by the Authority in

exceptional cases due to existing structures like: open well and also
considering the topography of the land.
i. Higher FAR should be permitted only within 200m radius of any transit hub or
major interchanges (Railway station , metro or BRT station ).
ii. In case of sites availing additional FAR / FSI, the permissible ground
coverage should be reduced by 20% for the area above 500sqm.This shall be
limited to a minimum coverage of 15%.
iii. Foot path and utility services are provided on either sides roads for 18m &
above roads for minimum of 2.0m to 3.0m width.
iv. Pedestrian only zones shall be identified and marked along with time bound
action plan for achieving the same.
v. Commercial, office use shall be permitted and even encouraged in all

transport hubs and interchanges like TTMC, IMTH etc.
vi. Bus- bays shall be indicated on the layout approval drawings within the
layouts at the time of approval (Above 18M).
vii. The turning radii of roads at the junctions/ intersection designs shall be as per
the IRC code for intersection design for urban roads and shall include space
required for signals and utilities along with the signage.
viii. The parking requirements shall be 50% of the parking shown against the uses
in case of commercial/ service industry are proposed to be developed in the
transit stations/ terminals / interchanges i.e. TTMCs IMTC.
ix. The cross-sections in the annexure shall be applicable in case of

development of the road of applicable classification. In case additional Row is
available the order of priority for the space allocation shall be as below:
Pedestrian sidewalk
Central Verge/median for pedestrian refuge
Cycle path
Plantation zone
Bus bay
xi. Carriageway

IV. NOC
i. For all the high-rise buildings NOC from the following departments shall be
obtained.
a. Fire force department.
b. K.U.W.S.& D.B.
c. K.P.T.C.L./BESCOM
d. Telecommunication department
e. Karnataka State Pollution Control Board
ii. A Traffic Impact Study shall be submitted along with other applicable documents
for permission where possible developable area is not less than 2000 sq. m. in
case of commercial or industrial uses. The authority may reject or accept or may
seek the opinion of Directorate of Urban Land Transport on the traffic impact
study and approve the development with or without such conditions as it deems
fit.
iii. For all Development Plans, Apartment Buildings and Residential Layouts which
come under the category stipulated by the Karnataka State Pollution Control
Board (K.S.P.C.B.), necessary NOC from K.S.P.C.B. shall be furnished.
iv. For Cinema theatres, the setbacks and other provisions shall be as per
Karnataka Cinematography Act and Rules.
V. Road width
a) Road width means distance between the boundaries of a road including footways
and drains.
b) If the road width varies along the length of road, then the minimum width of the road
along 200 m stretch on either side, from the centre of the plot shall be considered.
c) In case of roads having service roads in addition to the main roads, the width of
road shall be aggregate width of service roads and main roads for determining FAR
and number of floors.
d) When a portion of land is at different/split levels, then the width of the road to be
considered for determining F.A.R., shall be the aggregate width of the roads which
are at different levels.

VI. Means of Access
The means of exclusive access, which would be other than through public roads and streets,
shall not be of more than 30 m length from the existing public roads and streets The
minimum width of such access shall be 3.5 m. FAR and height of buildings coming up on
such plots shall be regulated according to the width of public street or road. If the means of
access exceeds 30.0 m in length, FAR shall be regulated with reference to the width of such
access road. Construction of buildings on plots with common access/lanes from the public
road/street shall be regulated according to width of such common access roads/lanes.
VII. Garages
a) For garages no side or rear setbacks are to be insisted. One upper floor not
exceeding 3.0 m. in height shall be permitted provided no openings are provided
towards neighboring buildings and at least one opening for light and ventilation is
provided towards the owners property.
b) Garages shall be permitted in the rear right hand corner of the plot. In cases of
buildings constructed or sanctioned prior to the enforcement of these regulations,
where space is not available on the right side, it may be permitted on the left side
provided minimum setback exists in the adjoining property of the left side.
c) In case of corner plots, the garage shall be located at the rear corner diagonally
opposite to the road intersection.
d) The maximum width of the garage shall not exceed 4 m and the depth should not
be more than 6.0m or 1/3 the depth of the plot, whichever is lower.
e) The garages shall not be constructed or reconstructed within 4.5m from road edge.
This may be relaxed in cases where the garage forms part of the main building with
minimum setback for the plot.
VIII.Plots facing the roads proposed for widening:
In case of a plot facing the road proposed for widening, the required land as
indicated in the master plan for road widening shall be handed over to the local
Authority free of cost by a „„Relinquishment deed” by the owner of the land before
sanction is accorded to his plan;

a) The FAR shall be allowed as applicable to the total area of the site without
deducting the area to be taken over for road widening, provided at least 60% of the
site area is available for use as a building site after the proposed road widening;
and set back shall be determined for the remaining portion of the plot.
b) Existing road width abutting the site shall be considered for calculating the FAR.
Benefit of Development Rights shall be extended in such cases as per the
provisions of Section 14-B of KTCP Act 1961
IX.Exemption in open space:
The following exemptions in open space shall be permitted

a) Cantilever Portico: A cantilever portico of 3.0 m width (maximum) and 4.5 m
length (maximum) may be permitted in the ground floor within the side set back. No
access is permitted to the top of the portico for using it as a sit out. Height of the
portico shall be open to sky. The portico when allowed shall have a clear open
space of one meter from the boundary of the property.
b) Balcony: The projection of the balcony shall be measured perpendicular to the
building up to the outermost edge of the balcony. Cantilever projection of the
balcony shall be permitted not exceeding 1/3 of the setback subject to a maximum
of 1.1 m in the first floor and 1.75 m in and above the second floor. No balcony is
allowed within the minimum setback area at the ground floor level. The length of
the balcony shall be limited to 1/3 of the length of each side of the building.
8) Lifts: Lifts shall be provided for buildings with ground plus three floors and above.
9) Parking space: Adequate space for car parking shall be provided in the premises as
per standards in Table - 11.
X. Water supply: Bore well shall be provided in all high rise buildings to provide
alternative source of water supply where the Karnataka Urban Water Supply and
Drainage Board so desires and the strata is capable of yielding water.
XI. Height of building: In the reckoning of height of buildings, headroom, lift room,
water tanks on terrace, penthouse may be excluded.

XII. Road alignment: In case of buildings that have been permitted lawfully by
Town Municipal Council or Planning Authority and if such structures are obstruction
to the alignment of the proposed roads in the Master Plan, 2031, such road
alignment shall be re-looked into by the Authority and decision may be taken
suitably.
XIII. Permissions: All permissions accorded by Govt. or by the Planning Authority

shall be treated as conforming uses irrespective of the classification made in the
Master Plan, 2031. This is to be allowed on a case by case basis only.
XIV. New additions to existing buildings:

In case of buildings which are existing prior to coming into force of these regulations,
upper floors may be permitted according to the existing coverage subject to limitation of
height, F.A.R., Building Line or any road widening proposals in accordance with present
regulations.
12.4 SUB-DIVISION REGULATIONS
The purpose of these regulations is to guide the development of new areas in accordance
with the land use plan. As long as this is done on sound planning principles with adequate
space standards, the future of the Town is assured. This will not necessitate costly
corrective measures, which would become necessary, if sub-standard growth is allowed to
take place. These sub-division regulations are confined to standards of size of plots, street
widths and community facilities.
In sanctioning the sub-division of a plot under section 17 of the Karnataka Town and Country
Planning Act, 1961, the Planning Authority shall among other things see that the following
planning standards are followed for sub-division of plot.
The Authority reserves the right to modify the layout submitted by the applicant / owner and
may impose any condition either from the planning point of view or in the interest of public.
A. Amalgamation:
i. In the case of amalgamation, the proposed sites shall have the same land
use.

ii. Ownership of the amalgamated plot could be in a single or multiple

names/family members/ company. But, amalgamation shall not be considered
if the plots are under lease agreement.
iii. Development controls for the amalgamated plot shall be with reference to
new dimensions.
B. Bifurcation:
i. In the case of all bifurcations, whether corner site or intermediate site, front
setback for the resulting site abutting the road shall be the same as that of the
original site and not that of the subdivided site.
ii. A Plot/ Site which is a part of the Sub division plan/layout/scheme duly
approved by the Authority may be further bifurcated with prior permission of
Authority and the sub divided plot shall not be less than the prescribed size of
the plot.
iii. Bifurcated plot shall not be less than 54 sq m. Bifurcated plot shall have a
minimum of 3.5 m access.
iv. The bifurcated plot shall have a minimum of 4.5 m frontage. This condition
shall not apply to family partition sites.
12.4.1 Norms for Approval of Sub-division of plot or Layout Plan
12.4.1A Approval of residential layout:
a) Size of plot
No building plot resulting from a sub-division after these regulations come into force is
smaller in size than 54 sq m in residential zone. In specific cases of sites for housing
schemes for economically weaker sections, low income groups, slum clearance and Ashraya
housing, the authority may relax the above condition.
b) Areas for open spaces and civic amenities
The minimum area, areas for open space and civic amenities and roads while sanctioning of
layout for residential purpose shall be subject to the following conditions:

i. The minimum area for approval of a layout shall not be less than 1.0 ha provided that
if a single owner does not possess the entire 1.0ha, a group of owners may jointly
apply to the Authority.
ii. In case of already land locked areas where the amalgamation of 1.0Ha. is not at all
possible, the Authority may consider lesser areas, provided minimum 10% of
Open space and 5% of Civic amenity space shall be reserved.
iii. The area earmarked for residential sites shall be a maximum of 55% of the total
extent.
iv. Balance area shall be earmarked for roads, parks, and playgrounds and civic
Amenities and the area under parks and playgrounds shall not be less than 10%
of the total extent.
v. Areas covered under Park Zones, Valleys, lake/nalla buffer etc may be shown as
park in the layout plan.
vi. If by incorporating major roads proposed in the Master Plan, the area under roads
exceeds 45%, in such case the reservation under parks and civic amenities may
be relaxed.
vii. A maximum of 3% of the total area from out of the permissible residential area may
be earmarked for commercial uses.
viii. The area reserved for parks and open spaces, civic amenities and roads shall be
handed over to the Planning Authority free of cost through a registered
relinquishment deed before taking up development of the layout.
ix. Minimum width of road width shall not be less than 9.00 m. for plots upto 200 Sq M
and for bigger plots the road width shall not be less than 12.00 m.
x. In case of EWS sites the minimum road width may be 7.5m
xi. The land in question shall be converted for non agricultural purpose.
xii. The land shall be access from public road and the use of land shall be in accordance
with the zonal regulations of master plan.
xiii. The necessary development charges shall be paid to the concerned UDA / Local
Authority. This fee is in addition to recovery of fee under Section 18 of K.T.C.P
Act and other fees/charges prescribed by the Government from time to time.

xiv. Whenever the total area proposed for formation of layout exceeds 10acres, then
adequate extent of land may be earmarked for provision / installation of utilities like
transformer, sewage treatment plant, overhead water tank, bus bay / shelter, etc. this
area may be taken into calculation under either CA or Park as the case may be.
Decision of the Authority in this regard shall be final.
xv. Landscaping on the streets/ sideways/ sidewalks for better green cover shall be
insisted for roads with road width of 15 m and above at the time of approval for
development (layouts/ Development Plan/ building plan).
xvi. While developing a land, if for any reason, the road has to be stopped without
continuation, and then cul-de-sac with turnaround area of 9 m radius of the end shall
be provided.
12.4.1B Approval of single plot for residential purpose
Any extent of land can be approved as single plot subject to the following conditions:
i. The land in question is converted for residential purpose.
ii. The land shall have access from the public road and the use of land shall be in
accordance with the Zonal Regulations of the Master Plan.
iii. The Authority shall collect the fee under Section 18 of the K.T.C.P. Act and
development charges and any other fees and charges prescribed by the Government
from time to time. In addition, fee for Rejuvenation of lake/tank as per section 18(A)
of the K T C P Act, 1961 at the rate of Rs. 1,00,000/- per acre shall be levied and
collected as per the Government circular No. Na A Ee 90 BMR 2010 dated 29-9-
2010.
iv. In case owner of any land who has obtained approval for single plot desires to sub-
divide his plot at a later stage, he shall obtain approval by the Authority treating it as
sub-division of land and the norms applies accordingly as prescribed in the Zoning
Regulations.
v. If any roads proposed in master plan shall be incorporated in the plan and shall be
handed over to the authority free of cost.

vi. The necessary development charges shall be paid to the concerned UDA / Local
Authority. This fee is in addition to recovery of fee under Section 18 of K.T.C.P Act
and other fees/charges prescribed by the Government from time to time.
12.4.1C Approval of Non-Residential layouts
A. If the non-residential layout for approval consists of only one single unit,
approval shall be given subject to the following conditions:
I. The land in question shall be converted for non-agricultural purpose.
II. Any extent of land can be approved as single plot.
III. The land shall be access from public road and the use of land shall be in
accordance with the zonal regulations of master plan.
IV. The minimum road width shall be 12m.
V. A minimum 5% of the total extent of land shall be reserved for vehicle parking
and this shall be in addition to the parking space prescribed in the Zoning
Regulations as per the total floor area of the building.
VI. A minimum 10% of the total extent shall be earmarked as park and open
space.
VII. Areas covered under Parks Zones, Valleys, lake/nallah buffer etc may be
shown as park in the development plan.
VIII. The area reserved for vehicle parking and open space shall be maintained by
the landowner and this land shall not be used for any other purpose by the
landowner.
IX. The Planning Authority shall collect the fee under section 18 of K.T.C.P. Act
and development charges applicable and any other fees and charges
prescribed by the Government from time to time.
X. In case owner of any land who obtained approval for single plot desires to
sub-divide his plot at later stage, he shall obtain approval of Authority for sub
division of plots as per prescribed norms.

B. If the non-residential layout for approval consists of two or more number of

plots, the following conditions shall apply:
i. The land in question shall be converted for non-agricultural purpose.
ii. The land shall be access from public road and the use of land shall be
in accordance with the zonal regulations of master plan.
iii. A minimum 5% of the total extent of land shall be reserved for vehicle
parking and this shall be in addition to the parking space
prescribed in the Zoning Regulations as per the total floor area of the
building.
iv. A minimum 10% of the total extent of land shall be earmarked as park
and open space.
v. Minimum width of road shall not be less than 12.0m.
vi. The area earmarked for parking, park and open space and roads shall
be handed over to the local authority at free of cost for maintenance.
vii. The Planning Authority shall collect the fee under Section 18 of
K.T.C.P. Act and development charges and any other fees and
charges prescribed by the Government from time to time.
12.4.1D Regulations for Redevelopment Schemes
In case of Slum Redevelopment Scheme, taken up by the Karnataka Housing Board

and Karnataka Slum Clearance Board, the following regulations given in the table –
15 below shall be applicable.
TABLE-15
SI. Regulations for Slum Redevelopment Scheme

No.
1 Land Use Allocation
For rehabilitation scheme, procedure as per Section 14 A of Karnataka Town &
Country Planning Act may be dispensed with in agricultural zone of approved Master
Plan after consultation with the Director of Town and Country Planning and for re-
development within the conurbation area shall be as per the Zonal Regulation and

Master Plan proposals.

2 FAR & Ground Coverage taken up in the same location.
Extent in Ha Coverage FAR Min. Road width Min. all-
round set
back
Up to 0.4 60% 3.0 6m for buildings < 15m 6m
height and 9m for > 15 m
height
Above 0.4 up to 60% 3.0 9m for buildings< 15m ht 7.5 m
0.8 and 12 m for > 15 m ht
Above 0.8 60% 3.0 12.0 m 9.0 m
3 FAR & Ground Coverage for a relocation scheme.

Road width in m. Coverage FAR Set backs
Less than 12 60% 2.00

Above 12 and Up to 18 55% 2.25
As per Table 2 or 3 of
Above 18 and up to 24 55% 2.50
these Regulations
Above 24 and up to 30 50% 3.00
Above 30 50% 3.25
4 Minimum Open space and Civic Amenity area

Open space and Civic Amenity area shall be 15% of total sital area. Out of 15%, not
less than 10% shall be reserved for park area and the rest reserved for Civic Amenity
area. Such areas need not be handed over free of cost to the Authority
5 Commercial
2% of the total area may be reserved for Commercial use subject to fulfillment of
parking area.
6 Set-backs
As shown in item number 2 & 3
7 Distance between the blocks
Up to 15 m height 6.0 m minimum & Above 15m height 9.Om minimum shall be

12.4.2 Standard of Roads
a) Layouts
Minimum Right of Way for streets proposed in layouts is as per Table 16.
Table-16
Standard of Roads/streets in layouts
Sl. Minimum right of way

Length and category of streets
No in m
1 Residential
a) Up to 180 m 9.00 m
b) Above180 m Up to 500m 12.00 m
c) Above 500 m 18.00 m
d) Collector street (minor roads) 12.00 m
e) Major collector roads (feeder streets) 18.00 m
f) Arterial roads 18m,24m and 30 m
2 Commercial
a) Retail 12.00 m
b) Others 15.00 m
3 Industrial
a) Up to 2.0 Hectare 12.00 m
b) Above 2.0 Hectare 15.00 m

b) Single Plot Layouts

One public through fare road shall be provided at the edges of the property as per
the extent of land as shown in the Table – 17 below.
Table-17
Standard of Roads/streets in layouts
Sl. Single plot layout for Extent of layout

No 1.00 to 2.00 to Above
2.00 ha 5.00 ha 5.00 ha
1 Residential 9.00 m road 12.00 m road 18.00 m road
2 Commercial 12.00m road 18.00 m road 24.00 m road
3 Industrial and other uses 12.00m road 18.00 m road 24.00 m road
12.4.3 Standards for Civic Amenities, Parks & Play Grounds

Standards for Civic Amenities, Parks & Play Grounds regarding minimum area with respect
to population per unit of different facilities are presented in Table 18 and 19 respectively.
1. Civic Amenities
TABLE – 18
Standards for Civic Amenities
Population
Particulars Area in ha.
per unit
a) Educational Facilities:
i) Nursery School (age group 3 to 6 years) 1,000
ii) Basic primary and Higher primary school

3,500 to 4,500
(age group 6 to 14 years)
As per the Standards of
iii) Higher secondary school (age group 14 to
15,000 Respective Departments
17 years)
iv) College 50,000

b) Health Facilities:
i) Dispensary 5,000 As per the Standards of

ii) Health Centre 20,000 Respective Departments
c) Other facilities:
i) Post and Telegraph 10,000
ii) Police Station 10,000 As per the Standards of

iii) Religious Building 3,000 Respective Departments
iv) Filling Station 15,000
2.Parks, play ground and open spaces

The area standards and population benchmarks to be followed for providing parks,
playground and open spaces are given in Table 19 below.
TABLE – 19
Standards for Parks, play ground and open spaces
Population Area in
Sl. No. Category
per unit hectares (min.)
1. Tot-lot 500 0.05
2. Children park 2,000 0.20
3. Neighborhood play ground 1,000 0.20
4. Neighborhood park 5,000 0.80
12.4.4 Building Line
Building lines are prescribed for some important roads in Hosakote town as presented in
Table -20. Front setback is also prescribed separately for various types of buildings. The
higher of the two shall be the minimum open space in order to have better street architecture
and also to facilitate road widening proposal if any in future.

TABLE –20
Proposed Building Line
Proposed Building line

Sl.
Name of the Road right of way from the edge of
No.
(m) ROW (m)
1 STRR 90.0 10.0
2 IRR 90.0 10.0
3 ITRR 90.0 10.0
4 RR 60 6.0
NOTE:
For National Highways, State highways, Major District roads, other district roads and village
roads standards specified (road width, building lines etc.,) by the Ministry of Surface
Transport, Government of India are to be followed vide Govt. Notification No: UDD 251 BMR
2005, dated 22-12-2005 and other circulars of Government of Karnataka)
For all existing roads of width more than 15m shall be provided minimum of 3m building line.

ANNEXURE I- Road Cross- Section
Fig 1- Arterial Road Cross- Section (RoW- 45m)
Fig 2- Sub- Arterial Road Cross- Section (RoW- 35m

Fig 3- Sub- Arterial Road Cross- Section (RoW- 27m)
Fig 4- Collector road cross- section- (RoW- 24m)
Fig 5- Collector road with centre bus lane cross- section- (RoW- 25m)

ANNEXURES
Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031 Annexures
ANNEXURE 1: GOVERNMENT NOTIFICATION
Sky Group Page |i

Sky Group P a g e | ii
Sky Group P a g e | iii

Sky Group P a g e | iv
Sky Group Page |v

Sky Group P a g e | vi
Sky Group P a g e | vii

Sky Group P a g e | viii

Sky Group P a g e | ix
ANNEXURE 5: CHANGES MADE FROM INTERIM MASTER PLAN TO MASTER PLAN – 2031
Some of the Landuse proposed in the I.M.P. has been changed due to Tanks & water
bodies as per cadastral data (R.S.Map) has been incorporated which are not considered at the time
of I.M.P. Some of the approved layouts prior to approval of I.M.P. has been incorporated which are
not considered in the I.M.P. and Existing developments on ground has been considered and change
of landuse as per section 14 A and 14 A (3) of Karnataka Town & Planning Act has been
Incorporated and proper planning and zoning has been made. The Existing Brick Industry in the
Proposed Agriculture Zone has been removed. Since it’s an allowable use in the Agriculture zone.
Residential land uses assigned around settlements and pockets in agricultural zone has
been removed and it is restricted village settlements and provision for natural expansion of the village
has been made in Zoning Regulations.
Some of the roads proposed in I.M.P have been realigned/omitted which are passing
through Tanks, Existing developments approved layouts etc, some of the new roads are introduced in
order make a Proper zoning between the different Land uses and connectivity.
STRR, IRR, ITRR & RR Roads are realigned and incorporated as per the notification of
BMRDA with Reference SECON Survey Drawings.
Most of the Changes in land uses from I.M.P to Master plan has been effected in the
Master Plan based on the committee direction and following criteria’s, listed of changes effected are
also annexed as Planning District wise.
 Existing development & trend of development.

 DULT direction regarding circulation Pattern & Transportation Facilities.
 Structure Plan guide lines.
 Changes in the alignment of STRR/IRR/ITRR/RR.
 Government directions
 Approved Interim Master Plan
The following are the changes from IMP to MP 2031, listed Planning District wise.
Sky Group Page |x

PLANNING DISTRICT 1 - SARJAPURA
SL VILLAGE NAME SURVEY NO IMP USE MP USE Reason for Change in Landuse
155 to 158, & Approved Layout has been Incorporated
1 Doddathimmasandra Agriculture Residential
Surroundings Which is not considered in IMP
Approved Layout has been Incorporated

2 Mugalur 146,147 & 158 Industrial Residential
Which is not considered in IMP
Changes of Landuse has been the area is planned

3 Mugalur 118 to 128 Industrial Residential
accordingly

4 Panditana Agrahara 9,11,12,13 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

5 Panditana Agrahara 44,97 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly
Approved Layout has been the area is planned

6 Panditana Agrahara 94 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

7 Kuthaganahalli 67 & Surroundings Commercial Residential
accordingly
Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been

8 Gudighattanahalli (B) 27 to 54 Industrial Residential
the area is planned accordingly
Water Bodies Cadastral Tank & Tank buffer has been

9 Gudighattanahalli (B) 81 & 2 to 12 Industrial
Park & Open space Incorporated with Zoning
10 Gudighattanahalli (B) 65,68, 90 to 98 Agriculture Residential Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated
Water Bodies Cadastral Tank & Tank buffer has been

11 Thindlu 16 & Tank Surroundings Industrial
Park & Open space Incorporated with Zoning
Sky Group P a g e | xi

12 Thindlu 140 to 147 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
STRR Alignment has been changed as per

13 Thindlu STRR Alignment
the notification BMRDA
110, 121 to 125 & Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been
14 Mahal Chowdadenahalli Agriculture Residential
Surroundings the area is planned accordingly

17 Sompura 56,57, & Surroundings Industrial Residential

18 Kadagrahara 15,16,17 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

19 Chambenahalli 41,44,45 & Surroundings Industrial Residential

20 Chambenahalli 36,117 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

21 Chambenahalli 74,84,85 & Surroundings Industrial Residential

22 Ittangur 79 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

23 Sarjapura 27,28,60 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
24 Sarjapura 48,55 & Surroundings Industrial Park & Open space Tank buffer has been Incorporated with Zoning
25 Sarjapura 405,406 & 408 Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been Incorporated
Sky Group P a g e | xii

26 Sarjapura 430 Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated
27 Sarjapura 324,327 Industrial Residential Approved Layout has been Incorporated
Industrial
28 Sarjapura 188,60 Residential Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated
Agriculture
29 Sarjapura 185,187 Industrial Residential Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated
30 Sarjapura NH-207 Industrial Residential Connectivity of NH-207 has been Updated
PLANNING DISTRICT 2 - ATTIBELE

1 Attibele 131,132 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential

2 Arehalli 72,99,100 Agriculture Residential
accordingly
43, 44, 105 & Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been
3 Adigarakallahalli Agriculture Residential
Surroundings the area is planned accordingly
4 S.Medihalli 145,146 & Surroundings Agriculture Park & Open space Between two tanks buffer has been created
Residential
Public & Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been
5 S.Medihalli 32,42,45 & Surroundings Agriculture
Semipublic the area is planned accordingly
Park & Open space
Sky Group P a g e | xiii


6 Bilchikkanahalli 1,3,4 & Surroundings Industrial Residential

7 Bilchikkanahalli 10,11,12 & Surroundings Industrial Residential

8 Bilchikkanahalli 4,3,8 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
Commercial Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has been

9 Bhaktipura 69,70,71 & Surroundings Residential
Industrial Incorporated

10 Kotiganahalli 7,8,9 & Surroundings Industrial Residential

11 Bikkanahalli 16 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly
63 & 125,58 & Water Bodies Cadastral Tank & Tank buffer has been
12 Sollepura Industrial
Surroundings Park & Open space Incorporated with Zoning

13 Gopasandra 38,39 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly

14 Narayanaghatta 8 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly

15 Narayanaghatta 5 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly

16 Narayanaghatta 26,27 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly
Approved Layout & Existing development has been

17 Bendiganahalli 57,58 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
Sky Group P a g e | xiv


18 Indlabele 159,191 & Surroundings Commercial Residential
accordingly

19 Chikkanahalli 13,29 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly

Approved Layout & Existing development has been


22 Muthasandra 51,52 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

23 Manchanahalli 41 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly

24 Kamblipura 45,46 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly
25 Itchangur 46,98 & Surroundings Agriculture Park & Open space Tank buffer has been Incorporated with Zoning
Public &
26 Yadavanahalli 20,160 & Surroundings Residential Medical College CLU
Semipublic

27 Heelalige 22,24 & 43 Agriculture Residential
accordingly

28 Laxmi Sagara 92,93,119 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly

29 Laxmi Sagara 45,46,47 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly
Sky Group P a g e | xv

30 Neralur 234,262 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly

accordingly

accordingly

33 Guddahatti 64,65,74 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
accordingly

34 Kamblipura 46,48 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

35 Kamblipura 43 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly
PLANNING DISTRICT 3 - JIGANI

Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has

1 Kachanaikanahalli 22,24 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
been the area is planned accordingly

2 Ramakrishnapura 22,23 Commercial Residential
accordingly
Public &
3 Ramakrishnapura 44,45 & Surroundings Residential Govt Lands
Semipublic
Existing Escort Training Center has been

4 Ramakrishnapura 62,54 & Surroundings Residential Industrial
Updated

5 Hosahalli 10,11 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly
Sky Group P a g e | xvi

Changes of Landuse has been the area is

6 Hosahalli 10,48 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
planned accordingly

6 Haragadde 3,99 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

planned accordingly


9 Kumbaranahalli 95,96 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
accordingly

10 Nosenur 5,46,47 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
74,63,99 & Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has

11 Bommandahalli Industrial Residential
Surroundings been the area is planned accordingly

12 Konasandra 69,73 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
planned accordingly
Existing development has been the area is

13 Kalbalu 45,87 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
planned accordingly

14 Kalbalu 26,27 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
planned accordingly

15 Bukkasagara 70,183 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential

16 Bukkasagara 104,105 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
Sky Group P a g e | xvii

Park & Open Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has

17 Bukkasagara 123,124 & Surroundings Residential
space been the area is planned accordingly
Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse

160,190,194 &
18 Koppa Agriculture Residential Existing development has been the area is
Surroundings
planned accordingly
Park & Open

19 Bommandahalli 68 Industrial Water Logging Area
space
Park & Open Changes of Landuse has been the area is

20 Bommandahalli 4,7 & Surroundings Industrial
space planned accordingly

21 Vaderamanchanahalli 13,73 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
planned accordingly

22 Dyavasandra 63,64 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
planned accordingly

23 Iggalur 130 Commercial Residential
planned accordingly

24 Kittaganahalli 2,30 Commercial Residential
accordingly

25 Kittaganahalli 2,31 Commercial Residential
accordingly

26 Bommasandra 128 Agriculture Residential
accordingly
Park & Open Approved Layout has been the area is planned
27 Bommasandra 69,70 & Surroundings Residential
space accordingly
28 Yarandahalli 16 Residential Commercial Changes of Landuse has been Incorporated
Sky Group P a g e | xviii


29 Kyalasanahalli 84,85 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
planned accordingly
100, 101 & Approved Layout has been the area is planned
30 Kyalasanahalli Agriculture Residential
Surroundings accordingly
PLANNING DISTRICT 4 - ANEKAL
Park & Open K.H.B. Layout has been the area is planned
1 Marasur 400,515 & Surroundings Residential
space accordingly

2 Marasur 320,321 & Surroundings Commercial Residential
Approved Layout has been the area is

3 Marasur 68,69 & Surroundings Commercial Residential
planned accordingly
Park & Open K.H.B. Layout has been the area is planned
4 Lingapura 101,119,133 & Surroundings Residential
space accordingly

42,163,227,253 Agriculture Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has

6 Madivala Residential
& Surroundings Industrial been the area is planned accordingly

7 Marasur Agrahara 14,15 & Surroundings Industrial Residential

8 M.Medihalli 28,41 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
Sky Group P a g e | xix


9 Rachamanahalli 38,46 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
Samandur
Transport & Proposed Fright Corridor between Railway &
10 Channena Agrahara Agriculture
Communications SH-87 as per Structure Plan guidelines
Submangala
11 Avadadenahalli 23,24 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
planned accordingly

12 Bestammanahalli 93,108 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
planned accordingly

13 Bidaragere 189,195 & Surroundings Industrial Residential
planned accordingly

14 Gudnahalli 66,67 & Surroundings Agriculture Residential
planned accordingly
15 Agriculture Water Body Changed as per cadastral data

Honnakalasapura 33
Public and Semi Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has
16 PSP + Residential
Public been the area is planned accordingly
Chikka Hagade 20,21,22,23
Park and open
17 Agriculture Existing stadium
space
Anekal TMC 248
18 Agriculture Residential Existing development has been Incorporated

Hompalghatta 17, 18, 19, 78
19 Agriculture Residential Existing development has been Incorporated

Muthagatti 591, 566, 592, 586, 71
Park and open
20 556 Agriculture Catchment arch of the tank
space
Anekal TMC
Sky Group P a g e | xx
Park and open Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has

21 Residential
space been Incorporated
Anekal TMC 132, 133
22 Industry Residential
planned accordingly
Anekal TMC 165,161,97,165,164,163,96,95,102
23 Industry Residential
planned accordingly
Karpur 52,53,54,55,56,57,59
24 Thattanahalli 39,40 Industry Residential
planned accordingly

planned accordingly

planned accordingly
Kammasandra Park and open Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has

27 40,41 Residential
Agrahara space been Incorporated
Public and Semi Approved Layout, Changes of Landuse has

28 Iggalur 30,31 Residential
Public been Incorporated
Sky Group P a g e | xxi

Anekal LPA Master Plan 2031
ANNEXURE 6- Road Cross- Section
Fig 1- Arterial Road Cross- Section (RoW- 45m)
Sky Group
Fig 4- Collector road cross- section- (RoW- 24m)
Sky Group
Fig 5- Collector road with centre bus lane cross- section- (RoW- 25m)
Fig 6- Local street cross- section- (RoW- 11m)
Sky Group
Anekal Planning Authority
# 430, “Anna” Hennagara Gate, Hosur Main Road,
Bangalore – 560099 Ph: 080-27836569
Email: anekalplanningauthority@gmail.com
Web: www.anekal-pa.in

Fdocuments - in Anekal Lpa Provisional ZR 2031

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fdocuments - in Anekal Lpa Provisional ZR 2031

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Master Plan

Anekal Local Planning Area

2. DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE AND ECONOMIC BASE 15

3. HOUSING AND URBAN POOR 38

4. EXISTING LANDUSE AND TRANSPORTATION 46

8. VISUALISING THE FUTURE 83

9. MASTER PLAN PROPOSALS 101

10. PHASING OF DEVELOPMENT 141

11. ENFORCEMENT, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND

studies and summed up as follows:

How effectively the strategic intervention combinations would compliment the

achievement of the induced population growth targets and developmental interventions of

the preferred growth strategy.

Sky Group Page |A

IMP’s provisionally in 2007 and finally approved them during 2009.

the Act the contents of a Master Plan are defined as follows.

Zoning of land use

Street pattern i.e. Circulation pattern

Area reservation for Parks/Playgrounds/Open Spaces

Area reservation for future developments

Declaring and framing regulations for areas of special control

approved lay outs and were finalised during 2012.

some guidelines. The following were the members of the committee.

Sky Group Page |B

1. Metropolitan Commissioner Chairman

2. Commissioner, DULT, Govt. of Karnataka Member

3. Director of Town and Country Planning, Member

4. Additional Director of Town and Country Planning, BMRDA Member

5. Joint Secretary / Dy. Secretary, UD Member

6. Shri Sitaram, Cistup, IISc., Bangalore Member

7. Member-Convenor(member secretary) of concerned Planning Authorities Member

the Authorities to work out the proposals based on:

Sky Group Page |C

by the KSRAC and submitted to the BMRDA in 2012.

Sky Group Page |E

are some of the major concerns of urbanization.

additional landuse has been assigned scientifically.

Sky Group Page |F

2 LPA notification date 2006

3 Total no of villages in LPA 169

4 Total no of urban areas in LPA 1

5 Total no of settlements in LPA 170

6 District Bangalore Urban

7 Urban areas in the LPA Anekal TMC

10 Date of IMP provisional approval April 2007

11 Date of IMP final approval May 2009

12 Total existing developed area, 2012 70.13 sqkm

13 Existing population 2011 3.55 lakhs

14 Existing gross density 50 pph

15 Total urbanisable area proposed in IMP 2021 215.47 sqkm

16 Projected population as per IMP 2021 11 lakhs

17 Proposed density as per IMP 51 pph

18 Total urbanisable area proposed in MP 2031 233.17 sqkm

19 Projected population as per MP 2031 16 lakhs

20 Proposed density as per MP 2031 70 pph

21 Proposed residential density as per 2031 145 pph

22 Urbanisable Area phase 1 10869.71 Ha

23 Density phase 1 60pph

24 Urbanisable Area phase 2 12447.32 Ha

25 Density phase 2 77 pph

MASTER PLAN REPORT

1.2 REGIONAL SETTING

The Anekal LPA Master Plan is a 20 year